Method and Apparatus for an Improved Aerosol Generator and Associated Uses and Equipment

ABSTRACT

The invention is an apparatus and methods for optimizing the performance and protecting one or more aerosol generating transducers from deterioration while operating in a chemically reactive aqueous solution by utilizing one or more protective barrier techniques to eliminate chemical interaction between the aqueous solution and the transducers, among other features of the generator including these transducers. The method of the present invention produces an aerosol producing transducer with the transducer housing and assembly to be constructed in such a way as to assure its efficient and effective long-term and problem free operation in an aqueous solution that is chemically reactive.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority both from U.S. Provisional ApplicationSer. No. 61/295,869, filed Jan. 18, 2010, and as a continuation-in-partof U.S. Non-Provisional patent application Ser. No. 12/114,454, filed onMay 2, 2008, which claims priority both from U.S. Provisional PatentApplication Ser. No. 60/915,524, filed on May 2, 2007, and as acontinuation-in-part from U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/509,332,filed on Aug. 24, 2006, which claims priority from U.S. ProvisionalPatent Application Ser. No. 60/711,858, filed on Aug. 26, 2005, each ofwhich are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to improved apparatuses and methods forthe generation and application of an ultrasonically generated aerosolfor uses including but not limited to the sanitization, detoxification,disinfection, high-level disinfection, or sterilization of one or moreareas and the surfaces in those areas, as well as the delivery of othertypes of liquid agents, for various purposes to one or more areas, andwithout limitation, the surfaces in those area(s).

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The apparatus described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,366,125, which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein, generates a hydrogen peroxide mist by anultrasonic wave vibrator. The mist adheres to the surface of materialsbeing sterilized and is then irradiated with ultraviolet-ray lamps. U.S.Pat. Nos. 5,878,355 and 6,102,992, each of which is incorporated hereinby reference in its entirety, including any references cited therein,disclose a method and device for decontamination of a contaminatedprocess area whereby a fine aerosol of an encapsulant is generated toencapsulate contaminants within a contaminated environment. The aerosolis generated by one or more ultrasonic transducers located below thesurface of a reservoir containing a liquid. The output of thetransducers is focused to either a point and/or directed toward an areanear the surface of the liquid to cause a surface disturbance, whichresults in the formation of an aerosol from the liquid. The transducersused in these apparatuses are made from lead-zirconate-titanate-four(PZT-4) or other piezoelectric materials. This material is coated with aconductive coating (electrode material) that enables an electricalsignal to energize the transducer and causes it to emit high frequencypressure (energy).

While operating these prior art apparatuses and similar apparatuses, ithas been found that certain liquids, especially acidic solutions,chemically react with the electrode materials of the transducers thatgenerate the aerosol. The result is a noticeable deterioration of boththe transducers and their performance. For example, acidic solutions ofhydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid have caused noticeabledeterioration of the transducers within minutes of operation.

An attempt was made to prevent transducer degradation by coating theface of the transducers with a thin coating of different materials. Noneof these efforts have been successful. For example, U.S. Pat. No.4,109,863, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety,including any references cited therein, discloses similar findings. Theprotective coating on the transducer deteriorated to a point where thetransducer failed to be energized. It was initially believed that thisdeterioration was caused by transducer induced cavitation within thetank; however, the aforementioned coatings were also shown to fail insimple immersion tests, conducted over time in an acidic solution, withunpowered transducers. For example, laboratory work indicated that PZTmaterial coated with an electroless nickel plating, or a glaze, wereboth found to be incompatible with a 4% solution of hydrogen peroxideand peroxyacetic acid, after being exposed to the solution for two weeksat 160° F.

In addition, it was found that various materials used to construct thetransducer housing and assembly experienced deterioration after beingsubjected to a simulated long-term exposure to an acid solution ofhydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid. This was observed with anaccelerated aging test. This test consisted of placing componentsconstructed of various material types in vessels containing the hydrogenperoxide and peroxyacetic acid solution and subjecting them to increasedtemperature over a course of time. Without being limited to the theory,this test is based on the theory recognized in the art that at highertemperatures chemical or physical reactions will proceed faster due tothe increased probability that two molecules will collide and chemicallyreact.

Without being limited to a particular mechanism, method, or chemical, itis believed that chemically reactive liquids are necessary insterilization processes to contact contaminants including but notlimited to toxins, bacteria, virus, fungus, and spores (both fungal andbacterial), prions or protein structures, within a target area(s) eitherkilling the bacteria, fungus, or spores, neutralizing or destroyingtoxins, or rendering a protein structure incapable of replication orotherwise interfering with the target's cellular physiology. Thesechemically reactive liquids may be provided as an aerosol. For example,U.S. Pat. No. 4,512,951, which is incorporated herein by reference inits entirety, including any references cited therein, teaches usinghydrogen peroxide to sterilize medical devices by condensing hydrogenperoxide-water vapors to deposit a film of liquid on the devices. Theliquid film is then evaporated.

While the prior art attempted to coat the transducer with a protectivesubstance, there were problems with these coatings. U.S. Pat. Nos.3,729,138; 4,109,863; and 4,976,259, each of which is incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety, including any references citedtherein, teach that the optimum thickness of a glass barrier, which maybe used as a protective plate and/or cover, on a transducer should beany multiple of one-half (½) the wavelength of the transmitted pressure(energy). The thicknesses of protective barriers have been calculatedusing wave transmission theories and their respective mathematicalformulas known to those skilled in the art. It is estimated that twentypercent (20%) of the energy emitted from the transducers is beingtransmitted into the liquid beyond the protective barrier. The prior artdoes not include techniques for further increasing the energy emittedfrom the transducer with a protective plate and/or cover.

U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,433,461; 3,729,138; 4,109,863; and 4,976,259, each ofwhich is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein, teach that an effective thickness of aprotective barrier material “interfaced with” a transducer can beapproximately any multiple of one-half (½) the wavelength of thetransmitted pressure (energy) from the transducer. Prior art has taughtthat barriers having a thickness equal to or about one-half (½)wavelength constructed from non-conductive and/or insulating typematerials like glass, could be effectively coupled with an ultrasonictransducer for generating aerosol, as long as they included a specialdesign consideration for cooling the transducer, or the transducer wasseparated from the glass barrier with a layer of liquid. U.S. Pat. No.3,433,461 teaches utilizing a 1.5 inch diameter transducer bonded to ametal barrier that is a one-half wavelength thick. A problem associatedwith using metal barriers is corrosion, which was acknowledged in U.S.Pat. No. 3,729,138. In addition, U.S. Pat. No. 3,433,461 discloses thatheat has a detrimental effect associated with the operation of atransducer and that a metal barrier interfaced with a transducerpermitted the use of much higher driving powers than in prior artdevices, since it provided more heat dissipation. Further, the drivingpower supplied to the transducers is limited by the heat dissipation inthe device, which is a function, in each case, of the total area of thegenerator.

According to U.S. Pat. No. 4,976,259, an attempt was made to bond aglass barrier to a piezoelectric crystal with an adhesive, but such anattempt did not improve on the prior art and resulted in a major loss ofacoustic coupling of the ultrasonic energy into the glass cover as theadhesive bond deteriorated. The deterioration was due to high localizedtemperatures caused by reflected energy resulting from mismatchedacoustical impedances.

The prior art does not currently include commercially effectivetechniques for constructing and operating a high frequency and highpower aerosol producing transducer assembly consisting of one or moretransducers bonded or adhered to a protective barrier constructed fromnon-metallic and/or insulative type materials, such as glass, with athickness that is not one-half (½) of a wavelength. Furthermore, theprior art does not currently include high frequency and high poweraerosol producing glass barrier and transducer assemblies that arecapable of operating without additional liquid layers or liquid coolingmeans incorporated into the transducer assembly design.

Therefore, the need for a protective barrier for the aerosol producingtransducer that is highly resistant to degradation caused by chemicallyreactive solutions exists. The protective barrier should withstand theheat generated by a transducer and should function effectively with thetransducer to produce a fine aerosol at high output levels (whichrequires high energy emitted by the transducer). This heat is due to thehigh frequency and energy that is needed to achieve a high output ofaerosolized liquid per hour with the aerosol droplets being less thanabout 10 microns in size. In general, within the effective frequencyband, the higher the power at the effective aerosol producingfrequencies, the larger the quantity of aerosol produced; and the higherthe effective frequency the smaller the droplet size in the aerosol.

The complete and assured sanitization, disinfection, high-leveldisinfection, or sterilization of devices, tools, machinery, or otherobjects or surfaces, within enclosed or unenclosed targeted areas orsurfaces, related to industries including, but not limited to, healthcare, food production, medical device or products, clean rooms, andpharmaceutical, has always been a challenge in terms of overalleffectiveness, processing time, cost, and engineering tradeoffs. Inaddition, the applied agents must have limited toxicity, be reasonablysafe, as well as non-harmful to the materials or substances to whichthey are applied.

The prior art has extensively taught that relatively quick disinfectionand sterilization of surfaces can be achieved by exposing them to anaerosol of a disinfectant/sterilizing agent created by ultrasonicnebulization. The apparatus described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,366,125 (Koderaet al., 1980), which is incorporated herein by reference in itsentirety, including any references cited therein, generates a hydrogenperoxide mist by an ultrasonic waves vibrator. The aqueous hydrogenperoxide is heated as it travels from a tank into a basin (col. 4, line6-8) where it is turned into a fog or mist as the surface of thegermicidal liquid in the basin is acted upon by ultrasonic waves. Thefog or mist will adhere to the surface of materials being sterilized ordisinfected. The surface is then irradiated with ultraviolet-ray lamps.

G.B. Patent No. 1,128,245, (Rosdahl et al., 1968) which is incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety, including any references citedtherein, describes a device for disinfecting apparatuses andinstruments, including medical instruments. This apparatus alsogenerates a mist of disinfectant, including hydrogen peroxide, by meansof an ultrasonic aerosol generator. According to Rosdahl et al., thispatent was “primarily adapted for the disinfection of small medicalinstruments such as scalpels, tongs, syringes, or the like, positionedon a grid in a container” (pg. 3 col. 23-30). However, another separateintended use for a second described apparatus was to disinfect theinterior surfaces of objects such as hollow tubing used for “breathingapparatuses” and “heart lung machines” (pg. 1 line 30-36 and pg 2 line95-101). Rosdahl et al. also taught the use of the germicidal foggingtechnology to disinfect rooms, apartments and the like (pg. 2 col.28-30). The pressurized air in Rosdahl et al. is supplied by way of afan etc. or carrier gas, (pg. 2 line 48-49) and is used to move thegenerated aerosol as well as to dry objects placed within the enclosedarea of the described apparatus. Rosdahl et al. also incorporated “aheating element in the flow path of the carrier gas, to increase dryingefficiency” (pg. 3 line 123-127).

Ultrasonic nebulizers have a unique advantage in that they can createaerosol droplets less than 10 microns in size depending on the power andfrequency used in their operation. The small size of the dropletsenables them to penetrate small cracks and crevices and to behave like agas due to Brownian movement and diffusion. In addition, the dense cloudof small droplets is able to form a very thin coating or film oversurfaces. The thin coating or film of disinfectant or sterilizationagent is able to dry much faster than coatings created by aerosolsconsisting of larger diameter droplets. It is also theorized that evenpartial contact of the aerosol droplets with the targetedcontaminate(s), can contribute to the overall efficacy of the process.U.S. Pat. No. 4,366,125, (Kodera et al., 1980) taught that heated H2O2was more efficacious than H2O2 used at room temperature (col. 1, line19-25). In other words, (Kodera et al., 1980) taught that theefficacious nature of a liquid agent can be increased as it is heated totemperatures higher than ambient temperature. This is desired, withoutlimitation, in the present invention. The text entitled, “AerosolTechnology” by William C. Hinds (1982), which is incorporated herein byreference in its entirety, including any references cited therein, alsotaught that the size of the aerosol particles produced by ultrasonicmeans is not only affected by the frequency of the transducer operation,but also by the surface tension and density of the liquid as shown bythe following mathematical expression (page 382):

CMD=((y)/(pL)(f̂2))̂1/3  Equation 1

-   -   where: CMD=particle size produced; y=surface tension; pL=liquid        density; and f=frequency        It is commonly known that heating a liquid to point less than        its boiling point will reduce its surface tension. Therefore,        according to Equation 1 above, a direct relationship was        established by William C. Hinds (1982) where one skilled in the        art can ascertain that the higher the temperature of the liquid,        the lower the liquid's surface tension, which will result in        smaller sized aerosol particles. This principal is incorporated        without limitation, in the present invention. William C.        Hinds (1982) also taught in the same text that smaller diameter        particles demonstrate characteristics such as but not limited        to, a lower settling velocity, a higher diffusion coefficient,        and a higher Brownian displacement (movement), which is desired,        without limitation, in the present invention. William C.        Hinds (1982) further taught that ultrasonic aerosol generating        transducers can heat the surrounding liquid (page 382). This is        also desired in the present invention.

Despite the plethora of advancements shown in the current art,limitations exist in many areas that reduce the effectiveness orviability of the ultrasonic aerosol generator technology in actualcommercial applications. The methods and apparatuses of the presentinvention address the need for an ultrasonic aerosol generator that is,without limitation: (a) designed so that the apparatus can be quicklyand easily set up and operated in a reproducible manner on uneven orangled surfaces(s), (b) designed so that the transducers can quicklyheat the liquid and liquid surface above and/or around them, (c)designed to prevent or limit dust and debris contamination inside thepressurized air channels or pipes of the apparatus or in the tank inwhich one or more transducer(s) are located, (d) designed so that if avalve of a liquid storage, holding tank, or reservoir, breaks thetank(s) or reservoir(s) in which the transducer(s) is located is notflooded, (e) designed so that excess, leaked, or spilled liquid can betransferred to a separate containment tank or basin from sources such asbut not limited to the fill pipe(s), blower housing(s), internal catchpan(s), transducer tank(s) or basin(s), (f) designed so that the liquidin the tank in which the transducers are located does not drop below theminimum or exceed the maximum operating temperature for that liquid orparticular process, coupled with one or more sensor(s) that candetermine when an effective or sufficient amount of aerosol has beenapplied or administered to the targeted area and/or surfaces, (g)designed so that a partially empty apparatus can be easily andeffectively refilled, (h) designed to prevent expired liquid that hasbeen added or is otherwise available to the apparatus from beingadministered by or deployed from the apparatus, (i) designed so that thestream of aerosol deployed from the apparatus can be simultaneouslydelivered to one or more separate areas.

It is obvious to those skilled in the art that an apparatus canautomatically shut down if an insufficient amount of inventory orproduct is available with which to complete its defined operationalcycle. This activity is also mentioned in French Patent No. FR2860721(Schwal et al.), which is incorporated herein by reference in itsentirety, including any references cited therein. This patent claims theuse, by any aerosol generator, of single-use liquid refill/fillcartridges that are associated with specific identifiers, and a readerintegrated into the aerosol generator apparatus that can read the saididentifiers, all of which is dependently combined with a system ofdefined steps to establish a set process whereby the apparatus will notgenerate aerosol if there are any non-conformances related to the entireprocess, and each cycle of use is terminated with a recording of variousinformation pertaining to the process as a whole. However, according topatent No. FR2860721, the apparatus only notifies the operator if aninsufficient liquid quantity is available (pg. 6 line 15-25 and pg. 10line 10-25) and when it is necessary to replace a filler cartridge (pg.10 line 15-25). Patent No. FR2860721, does not teach or describe anaerosol generator apparatus that can communicate, by any means, to theapparatus operator the quantity of liquid or at least the exact minimumquantity of liquid, expressed in units of measurement, that is necessaryto add or make available to the apparatus so that it may successfullycomplete its desired or chosen operational time or run cycle. Themethods and apparatuses of the present invention address the need toprovide this information.

French Patent No. FR2860721 also fails to address the issue ofpreventing the apparatus from using expired or outdated liquid that isavailable to the apparatus from, without limitation, one or more tanksor reservoirs inside or attached to the apparatus that have been fed,supplied, or filled by a refill/fill cartridge or other means. This iscritical since some liquid agents have a defined period of time ofefficacious use once they have undergone, without limitation, dilutionfrom a concentrate or exposure to air. The methods and apparatuses ofthe present invention address the need to prevent the use or deploymentof a liquid agent that is available to the apparatus, but has expired,is unusable, or undesired.

The need for an ultrasonic aerosol generator that can be positioned andoperated from within the area in which the aerosol is being dispersed soas to, without limitation, eliminate or reduce the effects of increasedair pressure within the targeted area and operate without damage to itsinternal and external structures and components is also addressed in thepresent invention and includes, without limitation, methods andapparatuses such as: (a) means for cooling the various motors,electronics, and other components; (b) properly housing various motors,electronics, and other components to prevent their exposure to theenvironment surrounding the apparatus; (c) the remote control of andremote communication with the apparatus; (d) preventing any parts of theapparatus that are exposed to the aerosol from becoming higher intemperature than the temperature of the atmosphere surrounding theapparatus.

There is also a continued need in the market place to increase efficacyand effectiveness from the aerosol and the process of itsadministration, as well as a system that offers shortened cycle times.The present invention addresses these issues. One such means in thepresent invention is the utilization of thermal forces and theirresultant effects, by cooling or decreasing the temperature of theobjects, the atmosphere in which they reside, or the targeted area forthe administration of an aerosol as well any surfaces in that area,before the administration of the aerosol to the targeted area orsurfaces. Prior art has taught the step of cooling an enclosed area andits surfaces before the administration of a hydrogen peroxidedisinfectant, however the hydrogen peroxide was first vaporized into agaseous state before its administration, and the cooling step wasintended to condense the vaporized hydrogen peroxide gas out of theatmosphere in which it was administered and onto the intended surfaces,as taught in U.S. Pat. No. 4,512,951 (Koubek et al., 1983), which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein. More specifically, Koubek et al., teaches amethod of sterilization where a liquid of aqueous hydrogen peroxide isvaporized, and the uniformly vaporized mixed hydrogen peroxide-watervapors are delivered into an evacuated sterilizer chamber. The articlesto be sterilized are cooled if necessary prior to the introduction ofthe vapor (or are cooled by the evacuation of air from the sterilizingzone) to a temperature below the dew point of the entering vapors andthe condensing vapor deposits a film of liquid on all such cool surfaces(col 2, line 40-51). Koubek et al., also mentions in claim 2 that theresult of vaporization was a mixed “gaseous vapor” consisting ofhydrogen peroxide and water vapor free of solid contaminants.

U.S. Pat. No. 4,952,370 (Cummings et al., 1988), which is incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety, including any references citedtherein, teaches a similar method of sterilization where a liquid ofaqueous hydrogen peroxide is also vaporized into a gaseous state beforeits administration into an evacuated sterilizer chamber. However,Cummings et al., teaches improvements to the art where the hydrogenperoxide-water vapor is applied under vacuum to surfaces that are below10 degree centigrade, or surfaces in an environment that are both below10 degree centigrade and above 10 degree centigrade. The cold surfacesmentioned in Cummings et al., were not cooled to accentuate or enhancethe process, but were surfaces of components that were inherently coldfor their own operational purposes. This is mentioned in sections suchas (col 2, line 4-9), (col 2, line 29-33), and (col 4, line 67 to col 5,line 2).

U.S. Patent Application No. 2005/0042130 A1 (Lin et al., 2003), which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein, claims the use of an applied vacuum to move anultrasonically derived aerosol, consisting of a sterilant, throughoutthe area of an enclosed chamber. The use of various vacuum pressuresbelow atmospheric pressure was also mentioned as well as the possibilitythat vacuum pressures lower than 5 torr lower than atmospheric pressurewould likely “enhance the results”, and that using a vacuum pressure lowenough to vaporize the sterilant generally enhances sterilization (pg.2, paragraph 28). However, Lin et al, was silent with respect to how thelower vacuum pressures would “enhance the results” other than anyenhancement that vaporization of the aerosol might bring. Lin et al, wasalso silent with respect to the amount of time that is needed to elapsebetween lowering the pressure within the enclosed chamber and theapplication of an aerosol, in order to obtain the needed or desiredlevel of efficacy. (Lin et al., 2003) was silent with respect to coolingany surfaces within the sterilization chamber or applying the aerosol toany cooled surfaces.

It is important to note that Lin et al, did not mention any process ormethod to heat the liquid of the aerosol or cool the surfaces in thesterilization chamber before or during the delivery of the aerosol, orany means to incur condensation if the liquid was vaporized. In fact,the 5 torr negative pressure that was used by Lin et al. to generatetheir findings was reported to be sufficient enough to disperse the mistwithin the sterilization chamber (pg. 2, paragraph 28), but was nevermentioned to have cooled the surfaces within the sterilization chamberor to have that intended effect.

In addition, it is important to note that the cooling of a targetedenvironment(s) and/or the surfaces contained therein addressed by thepresent invention is intended, without limitation, for a completelydifferent application and purpose. The present invention utilizes theprincipals of aerosol behavior to increase the performance of theprocess of the present invention, and not the condensation of a gas astaught in the prior art. This is further addressed in the presentinvention.

By comparison, the current invention utilizes, without limitation, thecooling of the targeted environment(s) and its surfaces to enhance theperformance and efficacy of the aerosol administration process and notto condense a gas as taught by the prior art. The methods andapparatuses of the present invention also address the need to apply anaerosol to surfaces that are without limitation, difficult, impossible,time consuming, or not cost effective to enclose.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In view of the need for improvements in the current art, the presentinvention includes improved apparatuses and methods for the generationand application of an ultrasonically generated aerosol for usesincluding, but not limited to, the sanitization, disinfection,high-level disinfection, or sterilization of one or more areas and thesurfaces in those areas, as well as the delivery of other types ofliquid agents, for various purposes, to one or more areas, and thesurfaces found therein.

It is preferred, without limitation, that the aerosol is generatedwithin the apparatus and administered into a targeted area and/or ontotargeted surfaces by pressurized air or the movement of air or gas. Thegenerated aerosol can be of various sizes, mass concentration ordensity, and number concentration. It is preferred without limitationthat the aerosol is a submicron droplet fog or aerosol of ananti-pathogen, toxin, fungal, sterilization, disinfection, or sporicidalagent(s) or mixtures thereof (herein collectively “agent(s)”). However,any liquid agent(s) may be used in the present invention for variouspurposes. The fog or aerosol can, without limitation, consistsubstantially of ten micron to submicron size aerosolized droplets. Itis preferred, without limitation, that the aerosol has a higher ratherthan lower mass concentration or density of droplets. It is alsopreferred, without limitation, that the aerosol has a higher rather thanlower number concentration of droplets.

The apparatus and methods described in the present invention can pertainto any ultrasonic aerosol producing apparatus. They can also pertain toan aerosol producing apparatus as described in the present invention.This apparatus, briefly described, has one or more piezoelectrictransducers that are operated in parallel or series. The transducers aresubmerged in one or more tanks or reservoirs, and cause a surfacedisturbance, which results in the formation of an aerosol of the liquidin the tanks or reservoir(s). The one or more tanks or reservoirs inwhich the transducers are located can be connected to one or moreadditional tanks or reservoirs that hold the liquid agent. The liquidlevel in the tank(s) or reservoir(s) in which the transducers arelocated is controlled by one or more valves which are actuated when theliquid level drops to a certain level causing the valves to open andallows additional liquid to flow in. The tanks or reservoirs also have ameans to sense if they are under or overfilled, and can cause theapparatus to shut down if this occurs. The tank(s) or reservoir(s) inwhich the transducers are located, can be positioned in a chamber thatcan have a flow of pressurized air/gas, or can be constructed in such away so that pressurized air/gas can flow through or over them. Thepressurized air/gas is intended to move the generated aerosol from theapparatus to the targeted areas or surfaces. The pressurized air/gas canbe supplied from sources such as, but not limited to, one or more,fan(s), blower(s), or supply of pressurized air or gas. The apparatus inthe present invention can be operated either from inside or outside ofthe targeted area.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises constructing the apparatus so that theaerosol producing transducer(s) and/or their liquid facing surfaces, areable to, without limitation, automatically align themselves with, matchthe angle of, or remain level with, the surface of the liquid abovethem. This allows the apparatus to be quickly and easily set up andoperated, in a reproducible manner, on uneven or angled surfaces. Italso eliminates, without limitation, the need to operate the apparatuson level surfaces. This embodiment includes placing, positioning, ormounting the transducers to or with a gimbal or other similar meansknown in the art, where the transducers are located at an effectiverange or depth below the surface of the liquid during their operation.However, it is preferred without limitation that the transducer(s) andtheir associated parts and housing(s) are designed so that they can besuspended, positioned, held, or maintained, in numerous ways at aneffective range or depth below the surface of the liquid during theiroperation. Without being limited, the transducer(s) and their housing(s)can be suspended, positioned, held, or maintained, at an effective rangeor depth below the surface of the liquid from an object or componentthat is floating on the surface of the liquid, partially submerged inthe liquid, or completely submerged in the liquid.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises interfacing the transducer(s) with aprotective barrier that is ground and polished on one or more sides.Polishing the side of the barrier that interfaces with the liquid in thereservoir(s) offers advantages including, but not limited to, ease ofcleaning, increased resistance to mineral or foreign object debrisdeposition or buildup, efficient and effective movement of liquid off ofthe barrier. In addition, polishing the side of the barrier thatinterfaces with the adhesive and transducer(s), offers advantagesincluding, but not limited to, reduced variability in adhesive thicknessdue to diminished variability in the protective barrier's surfacefeatures, which can without limitation, reduce variability intransmission related issues.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises constructing the enclosing glass plate tohave approximately a thickness of about ¼ the wavelength in glass orother material forming the barrier of the transmitted pressure wavegenerated by the transducer at the natural resonant frequency of thetransducer. When the barrier thickness has been calculated, thetransducer can be operated at an operational frequency up to 60% percentgreater than the natural resonant frequency to achieve a much moreefficient operation for the transducer in forming the aerosol.Alternatively, the thickness of the barrier can be varied from theoptimal thickness in the range of −0.010 inches to +0.024 inches toincrease the efficiency of operation of the transducer. Further, it hasbeen found that the glass or other material barrier thickness may beincreased to around various odd multiples of ¼ wavelength and stilloperate effectively to provide a high volume small aerosol particleoutput.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises enclosing or encircling aerosol producingtransducers with one or more wall(s) or barrier(s), that can be, withoutlimitation, continuous or discontinuous, sealed, partially sealed, orunsealed, of various heights including, but not limited to, above thesurface of the liquid above the transducers. The purpose of the wall(s)or barrier(s) is to contain the liquid above and around the transducersand use the heat from the transducers to heat that liquid above andaround the transducers, and without limitation, the liquid surface abovethe transducers. The wall(s) or barrier(s) can be perforated or haveholes or notches in various orientations or locations in order to allowliquid of various temperatures to flow in and out of the enclosed orencircled areas.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises filtering the pressurized air before itenters the apparatus, or at least before entering the aerosol generationchamber. Without limitation, it is preferred that one or more filter(s)is located where the air is drawn or pulled into the apparatus by ablower or fan. The filter(s) can be located either on the inside oroutside of the apparatus. The addition of one or more filter(s) preventsor limits dust and debris contamination inside the pressurized airchannels or pipes of the apparatus or in the tank or area in which thetransducer(s) are located. Various types of filters can be used in thepresent invention and is dependent on the application. The filter(s),are not used in any configuration(s) or application(s) where aerosol ispulled or pushed from the area in which it was administered, backthrough the aerosol generator and filtered before it is exhausted outfrom the targeted or treated area.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises connecting one or more tanks between themain tank(s) in which the liquid is stored in the apparatus, and thetank(s) in which the transducer(s) are located, and without limitation,each of the aforementioned tanks have one or more inline valve(s) orfloat valve(s) that controls the flow of liquid. Without limitation,these connecting tank(s) and valve(s) system(s) act as a check orfailsafe mechanism to ensure that the tank(s) or basin(s) in which thetransducer(s) are located is not over filled or flooded.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises connecting, without limitation, the fillpipe(s) or their spill over tray(s) or basin(s), blower or fanhousing(s), internal catch pan(s) or basin(s), transducer tank(s) orbasin(s), to one or more liquid containment tank(s). Without limitation,the liquid containment tank(s) are designed to collect excess, spilled,leaked, gathered, or coalesced liquid. This collection system can beconnected to the pipe(s) and valve(s) used to drain the apparatus, or itcan also have its own drain pipe(s) and valve(s).

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the incorporation of a means to control orprevent the temperature of the liquid in the tank or basin in which thetransducer(s) are located from exceeding the maximum desired,established, or required operating temperature for that liquid orparticular process. The prior art has taught that the transducers impartheat into the liquid during their operation. The air that is used totransfer the aerosol from the basin or tank in which the transducer(s)are located to the targeted area(s), can function as a heat removalsystem. However this pressurized air flow can only remove a certain orcalculated number of BTUs or watts of heat due to factors including, butnot limited to, the surface area of the liquid in the basin or tank, andthe volume and velocity of air that moves over that surface area. Ifmore heat is imparted into the liquid than is removed or dissipated overtime, the temperature of the liquid will continue to rise. The means tocontrol or prevent the temperature of the liquid in the tank(s) orbasin(s) in which the transducers are located from exceeding theaforementioned maximum desired, established, or required operatingtemperature, includes without limitation, pumping or otherwise movingthe liquid that is in the basin(s) or tank(s) in which the transducer(s)are located, or any other liquid that could possibly have contact withthat liquid, through one or more heat exchanger, cooling fins, coolingplate, cooling block, chiller, chilling or cooling apparatus, or othermeans to remove heat from the liquid. Without limitation, the liquidfrom the basin(s) or tank(s) in which the transducer(s) are located, canbe pumped or moved through one or more cooling fins, chill block, orheat exchanger that is located in the path of the pressurized air thatis used to move the generated aerosol out from the apparatus.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the remote control of and communicationwith the apparatus in the present invention. This improvement in thepresent invention offers many advantages such as, but not limited to,reducing or eliminating the chance of the operator having an accidentalexposure to the aerosol from an apparatus that is operated from withinthe same environment in which the aerosol is applied. The remote controlof and communication with the apparatus can be accomplished by meanssuch as, but not limited to, any radio frequency, any light frequency,or directly or indirectly connected wires, or any combination of thesaid means. Various information, data, and commands can be communicatedbetween the apparatus and a separate means to send and receiveinformation, data, or commands.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the apparatus having one or more sensorsor the communication with one or more sensors to determine when aneffective or sufficient amount of aerosol has been applied to thetargeted area and/or surfaces. The sensor(s) consists of a means ofvarying intensity to project one or more beams of light or a lightsource, and one or more means to sense the beam(s) of light or lightsource(s) and indicate its absence or presence. Without limitation, themeans to sense the light can vary widely in its sensitivity, and canindicate the presence or absence of the beam or light with a signal suchas but not limited to any electrical, fiber optic, or radio frequencysignal. It is preferred, without limitation, the sensor consists of alaser and a photoelectric sensor.

The means to sense the beam of light communicates with a programmablelogic circuit, computer, control mechanism or device, or otherelectronics that control or operate the apparatus (herein called “PLC”),and the presence or absence of a signal or communication causes orresults in the apparatus to take actions or undergo activities, such asbut not limited to, ceasing the production of aerosol, ceasing theoperation of the blower or fan, or even shutting down. It is the intentof the present invention to generate and deliver aerosol into an areauntil a sufficient amount or density of aerosol is present which will,disrupt, diminish, or completely prevent, the light, beams of light, orlight source, from reaching the means to sense the light. The amount ofthis applied aerosol can vary depending on the application.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the apparatus alerting or communicatingwith the operator if he/she programs the apparatus or otherwiseundertakes an activity that would cause the apparatus to operate andgenerate aerosol for a specific period of time or to fill a specificvolume of space with aerosol, and there is an insufficient amount ofliquid available in or available to the apparatus for the chosenoperating time or volume of space to fill with aerosol, andcommunicating to the operator the quantity of liquid or at least theexact minimum quantity of liquid, expressed in units of measurement,that is necessary to add or make available to the apparatus so that itmay successfully complete its desired or chosen operational time or runcycle. The actual number of needed fill/refill cartridges can also becommunicated to the operator. This embodiment includes withoutlimitation, the apparatus having the ability to sense or detect theliquid level or amount of liquid available to the apparatus, orcalculating the total amount of liquid available in one or morereservoir(s) that are, without limitation, inside, attached, orotherwise connected to the apparatus. In addition, the means to alertand communicate information to the operator can include but is notlimited to any alphanumeric image shown on a screen, monitor, orhuman-machine-interface (herein called “HMI”), anygraphic-user-interface (GUI) shown on a screen, monitor, orhuman-machine-interface (HMI), lights, lights with associated text,voice commands or directions, or any audible signal.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the apparatus having the ability toprevent the liquid agent from being dispersed, that is available to theapparatus from, without limitation, one or more tanks or reservoirsinside, attached, or connected, to the apparatus, which has exceeded itstime or date of expiration, exceeded the time or date in which it can beefficaciously used, or has reached a point of time or date where it hasdegraded or aged to a point where its use is unacceptable. Thisembodiment does not encompass refill/fill cartridges. The apparatus inthis embodiment possesses a means known in the art for measuring,comparing, calculating, or otherwise keeping track of the time betweenwhen the apparatus is initially charged or filled with the liquid agent,or the last purge of the apparatus of undesired or unusable liquid, andwhen the time has been reached when that liquid agent cannot be used andmust be disposed of. Once the usable time for the liquid agent hasexpired, the apparatus can prevent the liquid agent from being dispersedwith means including, but is not limited to, using a programmable logiccircuit (PLC), control mechanism or device, or other electronics thatcontrol or operate the apparatus, to take action(s) that result instopping the apparatus from generating aerosol. In addition, theapparatus can alert or communicate to the operator that the liquid agenthas expired. The means to alert and communicate information to theoperator can include but is not limited to any alphanumeric image shownon a screen, monitor, or human-machine-interface (HMI), anygraphic-user-interface (GUI) shown on a screen, monitor, orhuman-machine-interface (HMI), lights, lights with associated text,voice commands or directions, any audible signal.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, addresses the cooling of components that can heat upinside of the apparatus when it is being operated in areas such as, butnot limited to, the area in which the aerosol is being applied. Thissituation presents engineering challenges because as the apparatus isoperated, its components such as, but not limited to, motors orelectronics heat up over time. They cannot be cooled by blowing air fromoutside of the apparatus past or onto them to remove heat if they are inan aerosol filled environment. This air would contain the administeredaerosol and be wet. This condition could pose a risk for unwantedchemical reactions with the components depending on the chemical agentthat is present in the aerosol. In one part of this embodiment, theelectronics that are used to operate or power the transducer(s) arelocated in a sealed enclosure and cooled with a means that transfers theheat generated from the electronics into a pressurized air stream. It ispreferred, without limitation, that this pressurized air stream is thesame air stream that is used to move the generated aerosol out of theapparatus. This helps, without limitation, to minimize the totalamperage that is utilized or needed for proper or effective function ofthe apparatus, which is a critical issue with regard to aerosolgenerators of this complexity. The one or more heat transfer point(s)can be located before or after the fan(s) or blower(s) that create thepressurized air stream. It is also preferred, without limitation, thatthe heat generated from the electronics is transferred in various waysknown in the art to a heat sink that has fins or other coolingenhancements also known in the art, and the heat sink is positioned inthe pressurized air stream. In another part of this embodiment, thecomponents other than the electronics that are used to operate or powerthe transducer(s), including but not limited to motors or electronics,or the atmosphere in their enclosure(s), are also cooled with a meansthat transfers the heat generated from the components into a pressurizedair stream.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises constructing the apparatus in a way thatprevents any exterior parts of the apparatus that are exposed to theaerosol from becoming higher in temperature than the temperature of theatmosphere surrounding the apparatus. Generally speaking, this isimportant because aerosol particles experience a force in the directionof decreasing temperature. This embodiment is applicable and especiallybeneficial for applications where the apparatus is operated from withinthe same environment in which the aerosol is applied, and it is desiredor required that all of the exterior surfaces of the apparatus haveinteraction or contact with the administered aerosol. Without thisimprovement to the current art, the exterior surfaces of the apparatuscould become warmer in temperature than the surrounding atmosphere andrepel the aerosol, which would prevent the exterior surfaces from havinginteraction or contact with the administered aerosol if it is desired orrequired. The apparatus can be constructed in ways that include, but arenot limited to, enclosing the components or parts that can heat up in asealed enclosure and then placing that enclosure inside of anotherclosure that is sealed or unsealed, or insulating the outer skin of theapparatus.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises cooling or decreasing the temperature ofthe objects, the atmosphere in which they reside, or the targeted areafor the administration of an aerosol as well any surfaces in that areawith refrigerated or chilled air, before the administration of theaerosol to the targeted area or surfaces. This cooling activity orprocess enables the present invention to utilize the principals ofaerosol behavior to increase the efficacy or performance of the processof the present invention. Aerosol particles experience a force in thedirection of decreasing temperature. By decreasing the surfacetemperature of the targeted surfaces, the administered aerosol, andespecially an aerosol where the liquid was heated, is drawn towards thecooled surfaces in the targeted area or environment where they interact,interface, or coat the said surfaces with the liquid agent.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises utilizing a means to administer themixture of aerosol and gas or air that is ejected or moved out of theapparatus to one or more separate enclosed rooms or areas. Thisembodiment does not encompass applications where the areas are withinthe same room, since this is already known in the art. The said meanscan include but is not limited to connecting one or more tubes to theapparatus, or splitting the flow from these tube(s) so that they canconnect, interface, or otherwise empty into the one or more separateenclosed areas. The said means can also have a means to close off theflow of the air/gas and aerosol to one or more of the said tube(s).

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises designing the apparatus so that theelectronics that operate or energize the transducer(s) may be able toadjust the frequency or frequency range of the signal that is sent tothe transducer(s) multiple times during the lifespan of thetransducer(s) so that the transducer(s) are able to be consistentlyoperated at a frequency or within frequency range in which the they areable to have an effective or functional output and/or operate at theirmaximum performance or aerosol output.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises connecting, interfacing, or attaching, theaerosol generating apparatus in the present invention to one or moresealed, semi-sealed, or semi-open enclosures or areas. The enclosure(s)has at least five distinguishing features: a) the enclosure(s) isdesigned to fit over or under various things such as, but not limitedto, equipment, objects, or architectural features, etc., b) any wallscan have various openings through which any objects may be moved oraccessed, c) the enclosure can hang from hooks or other means ofattachment that connect to the ceiling or other locations of the area inwhich the enclosure(s) is located, d) the floors of the enclosure(s) canbe constructed with or utilize a surface design or accessory(s) so as toreduce any potential for slip hazards inside the enclosure(s), e) theenclosure can be interfaced with one or means for fire suppressioninside or outside of the enclosure.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises administering an aerosol into an enclosedarea where the floor of that enclosed area is removed, and thesurface(s) which the walls of the enclosed area interfaces forms thefloor of the enclosed area. This interface can be fully sealed, semisealed, or unsealed. In addition, one or more holes for access to theenclosed area can also be present in the walls of the enclosed area andthe holes can be covered in a matter so that they are sealed orsemi-sealed closed, or they can be open and unsealed.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the incorporation of a means to add orremove one or more sources of weight or mass from various locations onany of the floated parts of the apparatus including, but not limited to,transducer housing(s), the buoyant objects or components, and/or any ofthe parts that are directly or indirectly connected to the buoyantobjects or components, in order to position or maintain the position ofeach of the transducer(s) and/or their housing(s) at an effective rangeor depth below the surface of the liquid.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, allowing the buoyantobjects or components, and/or any of the parts that are directly orindirectly connected to the buoyant objects or components, as well asthe transducers and their housing(s), to freely float in any tank(s) orreservoir(s), where the only anchor point(s) for these parts is thelocation where the transducer electrical cable(s) and any tubing throughwhich they travel connect either directly or indirectly to the walls ofthe tank(s) or reservoir(s).

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises locating the inlet for the inbound airopposite from the air outlet of the fog tank or reservoir in which thetransducers are located, and directing or moving the inbound airdownward into the one or more reservoir(s) in which the transducer(s)are located. This is coupled with locating one or more openings ofvarious sizes and shapes in the roof of the reservoir opposite from theair outlet. This means can reduce the number of larger droplets in theexiting air stream.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises using one or more means to distribute theinbound air to more than one location in the fog tank(s) or reservoir(s)for purposes including, but not limited to eliminating or diminishingany, uneven airflow, uneven air distribution, turbulent air, orvortices, within the interior air space of the fog tank or reservoir.This means to move the air can also be perforated in variousorientations with one or more orifices of various sizes and shapes.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises reducing the feet per second output of theair exiting from the fog tank(s) or reservoir(s) in which thetransducers are located, or otherwise the aerosol generating apparatus,any time near the end of the aerosol generation and delivery cycle. Thisprocedure will promote faster accumulation of the aerosol cloud in theimmediate vicinity of the aerosol generating apparatus.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises equipping the aerosol generating apparatuswith one or more sensors to determine when an effective or sufficientamount of aerosol has been applied to the targeted area and/or itstargeted surfaces. The sensor(s) may be directly or indirectly attachedto the apparatus, or they may be remotely located in any location wherethe aerosol is applied or administered. The sensor(s) can be positionedin any orientation and communicate with the aerosol generating apparatusin various ways such as, but not limited to, radio, sound, fiber optics,or wires, all in a manner known to those skilled in the art.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the operation of a means to dehumidify thearea in which the aerosol was administered, any time after the aerosoldeployment cycle has finished, or the aerosol generating apparatus wasshut down for any reason(s). In one embodiment, a dehumidifier is usedas an independent apparatus “not” connected to the aerosol generatingapparatus. It may be remotely controlled or programmed by the operatorall in a manner all known to those skilled in the art. In anotherembodiment, an independent dehumidifier is used, but in this particularembodiment it is controlled by, and electrically connected to, theaerosol generating apparatus. The operation of the dehumidifyingapparatus is controlled by the software or computer program thatoperates or controls the aerosol generating apparatus. In an additionalembodiment, the means to dehumidify the area in which the aerosol wasadministered, is enhanced so that it contains one or more filter mediato filter the aerosol before, during, or after it passes over the chillcoils.

Filtering the deployed aerosol was initially demonstrated by theinventors of the present invention in a public area at the Richland,Wash. Municipal Airport on Oct. 9, 2003. Staff from Washington StateUniversity, observed aerosol created by the aerosol generating apparatusdescribed in the present invention, pass through a long tortuous pathcreated with 150 feet of six inch diameter flex ducting, that terminatedwith various filter media including a HEPA filter and a furnace filter.This same system was used to dehumidify and dry the system of ductwork,after the aerosol was deployed.

In an embodiment, the dehumidifier can also incorporate a means toreceive any type of signal from various sources including, but notlimited to, the aerosol generating apparatus, or any means for remotecontrol, to not only signal the dehumidifier to dehumidify a targetedarea or environment, but also to complete or terminate thedehumidification process by moving, switching, or directing the air flowthrough a separate filter, such as, but not limited to, an activatedcarbon filter, or any filter that can remove various gases or vapor(s)from the treated area(s).

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the construction and use of a means toeffectively cover and/or seal the various types of vents that can befound in treated areas including, but not limited to, inbound andoutbound air vents for a building HVAC system. These air vents arecommonly found in facilities such as, hospitals, schools, clinics,factories, laboratories, and clean rooms. Many times these vents haveone or more protruding metal geometries, which makes sealing the ventsdifficult or impossible with current means. In addition, sealing thesevents can be time consuming as well as dangerous because ladders areoften necessitated to reach the ceiling mounted vents. The improvedmeans to effectively cover or seal the various types of vents, consistsof parts such as but not limited to, a vent cover with sealing materialto seal it to the vent or any surrounding or connected areas ormaterials, any pole which can, without limitation, be adjusted ormodified for length, and a means to directly or indirectly connect thepole to the vent cover. In another embodiment, the pole with adjustablelength can be constructed so that its one or more ends that are oppositefrom the vent cover has a means to swivel or articulate so that thebase(s) of the pole can articulate at any angle with the floor or anyother surface that it contacts. In an additional embodiment, anysurfaces of the end(s) of the pole that is compressed or pushed downonto any surface that results in the compression of the vent cover orits seal material can be, without limitation, formed from, coated with,adhered with, or consist of any absorbent material. This material canbe, without limitation, treated or saturated with any liquid, at anytime, consisting of any anti-pathogen, toxin, fungal, sterilization,disinfection, or sporicidal agent(s) or mixtures thereof (hereincollectively “agent(s)”). However, any liquid agent(s) may be used inthe present invention for various purposes.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises modifying a magnetic vent cover so that ithas one or more attachment points where a means, such as, but notlimited to, rope, cord, thread, wire, cable, twine, tube, or hose, canbe attached to the vent cover so that it may be easily removed from aceiling or ceiling vent eliminating the need to use a ladder. Themagnetic vent cover is known to those skilled in the art, and iscommonly found in the form of a flexible sheet that is embedded with oneor magnets, or coated or laminated with one or more magnetic materials.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the utilization of one or more means orholder to prop or hold any items such as, but not limited to, anyhose(s), wire(s), cord(s) that are present in the area in which theaerosol is administered or lead to or from the aerosol generator(s), sothat they are prevented from touching or contacting any floor or surfaceon which the holder is placed. The use of the holder(s) helps to reduceor eliminate an incomplete treatment or administration of the aerosol toall of the desired or needed surfaces in a targeted area. The holder(s)can, without limitation, have absorbent material placed between theholder and any surface(s) on which the holder is placed or interfaces.Absorbent material can also, without limitation, be placed between theholder(s) and any object(s) that it holds or supports. The absorbentmaterial may, without limitation, be soaked, saturated, or contactedwith any liquid or substance for various purposes before, during, orafter the holder is interfaced with an object(s) or placed on asurface(s) or floor.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, the construction anduse of a means to isolate or maintain one or more wheels, tracks, orother means for providing movement (herein collectively “wheel(s)”),that are directly or indirectly connected to the aerosol generatingapparatus or any aerosol or vapor generating apparatus, so that they arein direct or indirect contact with one or more materials (hereincollectively “absorbent material(s)”) that can hold, contain, or absorb,without limitation, any liquid, (a) mixture or solids suspended in anyliquid, (b) solution, (c) medication, (d) organisms suspended in anyliquid, (e) anti-pathogen/toxin/fungal/sporicidal agent(s) orsubstance(s), (herein collectively “agent(s)”), and prohibit thewheel(s) from directly touching any floor or other surface that it wouldotherwise come in contact with when it is moved, stopped, or held in astatic or semi-static position. Furthermore, the absorbent material inthis embodiment is treated with any liquid agent, in various ways knownto those skilled in the art, and enables, without limitation, wheelsurfaces and surfaces under the wheel to be treated or come in contactwith the intended or applied agent(s). The implementation of this meansimproves the art, and can ensure, without limitation, that any surfacesunder or associated with any wheels, tracks, or other supportingstructures, are sterilized, sanitized, disinfected, high leveldisinfected, decontaminated, or otherwise treated with any agent(s) forany intended effect.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, filtering any liquidutilized, processed, or located in the apparatus, in one of morelocations, as well as anywhere along the path of any circulating ormoving liquid in the apparatus. Furthermore, the aerosol generatingdevice may be designed so that all pipes, filters, pumps, and valves mayall be positioned and plumbed so that when the apparatus is drained, allof these components and plumbing may be fully emptied of any liquid.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, the design and/orplumbing of any housing, conduit, or cover, for any blower, fan, orother source of pressurized air, so that it can be drained of anyaccumulated liquid that may reside inside. The liquid can be drained toany location or ports in the apparatus in a manner known to thoseskilled in the art.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, the design of a sealedor semi-sealed tank or reservoir in which any aerosol is generated,where one or more pipe(s), tube(s), hose(s), or other enclosed means fortransporting the generated aerosol (herein collectively “fog tube(s)”)out of the fog tank, protrudes into the fog tank or reservoir from theexterior of the machine, fog tank, or reservoir, and the orifice or openend of each fog tube is located approximately above and/or to the side,of each transducer, or other type of aerosol emanating device. Theeffectiveness of the fog tubes(s) diminishes at a distance greater thanthree (3) inches from the surface of the liquid under which thetransducer(s) is located, or the source of the generated aerosol.Performance and effectiveness is also impacted by the length of the fogtube(s). A visually noticeable and desired behavior and consistency ofthe deployed aerosol is observed when these fog tube(s) are utilized.The deployed aerosol appears visually lighter, and it appears to floatlonger in the air, supporting the theory that this design enhancementenables the apparatus to deploy aerosol droplets with a smaller averagesize.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, the design of the airoutlet of the fog tank or reservoir, so that it has a door or cover thatcan, without limitation, be effectively sealed closed or opened. Thisdoor can be mounted, removed, or attached, all in a manner known tothose skilled in the art. This improvement can, without limitation,reduce or eliminate any vapor emanating from the apparatus when it ismoved or sitting idle.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, the design of theapparatus and its software so that the programmable logic circuit (PLC)and/or HMI shall keep a record of the time between purges of the liquidagent(s) in the apparatus to ensure that expired agents are not utilizedby preventing the operation of the apparatus. The apparatus can, withoutlimitation, be prevented from or cease to function until the apparatusis drained and replenished with fresh liquid after it has expired orreached a point where it loses efficaciousness, or at a minimumprompting the operator though the use of an HMI that the liquid or agentin the apparatus has expired. This can help maintain quality control andquality assurance for the apparatus and its processes in a manner knownto those skilled in the art.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, the positioning of oneor more sensors to determine when an effective or sufficient amount ofaerosol has been applied to the targeted area and/or surfaces, near theceiling of the area in which the aerosol or agent is deployed. Thesensor(s) can be, without limitation, mounted on any pole, tripod, orconnected anywhere to any structure or apparatus. Furthermore, thesensor(s) mounted near the ceiling can work in tandem with similarsensor(s) located near approximately ground level. This is importantsince aerosol behavior can be impacted by various attributes such as,but not limited to, the temperature of the deployed aerosol, and thetemperature of the atmosphere in the area in which the aerosol isdeployed. This embodiment further improves the art to account for thesedifferent operating scenarios.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, the incorporation anduse of a device that includes one or more of any housing or area (hereincollectively “blade housing(s)”) that holds, without limitation, aplurality of any paddle(s), blade(s), or other moving surface(s) (hereincollectively “paddle(s)”), that are otherwise moved, rotated, or spun.This device is intended to cause aerosol particles to impact against,without limitation, any of the paddle(s) and/or any of the interiorsurfaces of the blade housing(s), resulting in the removal of aerosolfrom the air. It is preferred, without limitation, that one or morepaddles attached to a movable shaft are positioned in front of eachinlet and outlet for each blade housing(s). It is even more preferred,without limitation, that these paddles are mounted to a common shaft indifferent angles or orientations to create a more tortuous path for theair/gas and aerosol as it moves through the blade housing(s).

This device can improve the effectiveness and efficiency that is neededto remove various amounts of aerosol from any air or gas when it isnecessary or desired to do so. This device can, without limitation,function independently, or be installed within any airflow of anyapparatus, such as, but not limited to any aerosol generating apparatus,or any dehumidification apparatus.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises improvements to the art as taught by U.S.patent application Ser. Nos.: 09/855,546 Morneault et al., 10/671,837Morneault et al., and U.S. Pat. No. 7,045,096 B2 to D'Ottone, which areincorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein. The prior art and the improvements that theyteach, as well as these new improvements can, without limitation, beincorporated into the present invention in order to help reduce oreliminate any odors at the end of a treatment cycle from any aerosol orvapor generating apparatus.

In the first part of this embodiment, one or more of any ultraviolet(UV) light sources of any wavelength can be, without limitation,contained in one or more of any enclosure connected to any air or gasstream, and the enclosure(s) can be of any size, shape, or made from anymaterials. Furthermore, at least one, but preferably all of the walls,ceilings, and floor, of the enclosure are, without limitation, linedwith mirrors. The mirrors can help to increase the effectiveness andefficiency of the process of treating the air or gas that is movedthrough the enclosure, as greater amounts of the emitted light isbounced back or redirected from the mirrored surfaces and into theenclosure space.

In the second part of this embodiment, the processed air or gas can be,without limitation, channeled or moved through one or more tortuouspath(s) or complex maze(s) of mirrored channels populated with one ormore of any ultraviolet light sources positioned in various areas of thechannels. This torturous path or complex maze serves various purposesincluding, but not limited to, increasing the amount of UV lightexposure to the processed air or gas.

In the third part of this embodiment, the flow air or gas can be,without limitation, disrupted with various means, such as but notlimited to baffles to cause a turbulent flow of air or gas at variouslocations within the enclosure in which the UV light sources arelocated, including, but not limited to, near the source(s) of UV light,or between the sources of UV light.

In the fourth part of this embodiment, the UV light lamps or bulbs, cannot only be installed so that they are vertical and offset to thedirection of the air or gas flow as taught by Morneault et al, in U.S.application Ser. No. 10/671,837, (paragraphs 19-20) but they may also,without limitation, be located in any angled orientations relative tothe direction of the air or gas flow, and they can also be offset to oneanother as well. This can also help to increase the efficiency of theprocess as, without limitation, the UV light contacts the air or gas,first as the emitted UV light is redirected by the mirrors, and thenagain as the air or gas flows closer and then past the UV lightsource(s). The UV light source(s) can also be installed horizontally andoffset, to the direction of the air or gas flow. This can, withoutlimitation, be combined with the mirrored surfaces of the UV lightsource enclosure previously mentioned above.

In the fifth part of this embodiment, one or more of any UV lightsource(s) can be, without limitation, positioned anywhere in the air orgas stream of a dehumidifying apparatus. In addition any air or gas,from any area treated by any aerosol or vapor generating apparatus, canbe processed or treated with any UV light source and/or anydehumidifier, at any time or during any stage of any treatment cycle,for any period of time, to reduce or eliminate any unwanted or undesiredodors. The treated air or gas can, without limitation, contain anyconcentration of any aerosol or gas that contains any applied agent(s)in any concentration. The dehumidifier and UV light source(s) can,without limitation, be operated at the same time, or at different times.

In the sixth part of this embodiment, any aerosol generator can, withoutlimitation, incorporate the use of one or more of any UV lightsource(s), and/or any dehumidification technology, anywhere in itsdesign. The dehumidifier and UV light source(s) can, without limitation,be operated at the same time, or at different times. Any air or gas,from any area treated by any aerosol or vapor generating apparatus, withany liquid agent(s) can also be processed or treated with any UV lightsource and/or any dehumidifier, at any time and for any duration, orduring any stage of any treatment cycle to reduce or eliminate anyunwanted or undesired odors in the treated area.

In the seventh part of this embodiment, the UV light source(s) can,without limitation, be combined with any aerosol or vapor generatingapparatus that emits an aerosol or vapor containing one or more of, inany concentration, hydrogen peroxide, peroxyacetic acid (PAA), or anyother aqueous solutions or agent(s) that are acidic, or any combinationsthereof. This embodiment can also, without limitation, be combined withthe use of a dehumidification technology. According to U.S. Pat. No.7,045,096 B2 to D'Ottone, a high relative humidity (RH) increases theeffectiveness of the invention as water droplets can deliverconcentrated solutions of hydroxyl free radicals throughout the area inwhich it is employed ('096 patent, line 56). This effect can be, withoutlimitation, enhanced in the present invention, as the dense cloud ofvery small aerosol droplets and vapor that is suspended in the air orgas in the treated area(s), is pulled into the enclosure or area thathouses the UV light source(s) and is treated by the UV light and thendeployed back into the treated area(s). This may, without limitation, bemore enhanced when the aerosol or vapor droplets are less than ten (10)micron in size. This may, without limitation, be even more enhanced whenthe droplets are generated with ultrasonic processes, which are known toemit large amounts of aerosol droplets less than five (5) microns indiameter.

The use of any dehumidifier that is, without limitation, directly orindirectly connected to one or more UV light source(s) can also add anadditional synergistic effect by reducing the relative humidity of theair or gas stream that is presented to the UV light source(s) after oneor more passes of the same air or gas from the treated area(s). This maybe beneficial as it may, without limitation, be possible to initiallyinundate the UV light source(s) with limiting conditions such as, butnot limited to, too much humidity, or too much aerosol, which could wetthe UV light source(s) under certain conditions known to those skilledin the art, and their performance or efficiency of the UV lightsource(s), such as in eliminating bacteria in the air or gas stream,could be decreased. In addition, according to U.S. Pat. No. 7,045,096 B2to D'Ottone, to reduce the rate at which the ozone spontaneouslydecomposes into oxygen it is preferable, if possible, to lower thetemperature of the inside of the enclosure ('096 patent, lines 48-51),where the UV light source(s) are located. The UV light source(s) can,without limitation, be located in close proximity to, in the sameenclosure as, or effectively near, any chill coil(s), cooling tube(s),or cooling surface(s), associated with any dehumidifier designs known tothose skilled in the art, to help reduce the temperature of the air orgas near the UV light source(s) to an effective temperature between 0-70degree Centigrade, and more preferably near 0-15 degree Centigrade.

According to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/671,837 by Morneault et al,(paragraph 8), “A variation of photocatalytic oxidation, dubbed AdvancedPhotocatalytic Oxidation (APO) is defined by the complementaryutilization of any ozone, hydrogen peroxide, or reactive materialsurfaces such as titanium dioxide in tandem with UV energy, and isdeemed to yield higher oxidation performance, but it comes with thehigher costs to operate and bulkiness to the apparatus.” This effect canalso, without limitation, be enhanced in the present invention, as theaqueous aerosol or vapor, containing any amount of hydrogen peroxide orperoxyacetic acid (PAA), is pulled into the enclosure or area thathouses the UV light source(s), from the treated area(s), and is treatedby the UV light. The aqueous aerosol or vapor in the present inventionis unique because it provides the benefit of inherently providing theneeded substance(s) to yield higher oxidation performance without anyadditional cost, bulkiness, or complexity to the apparatus. Thissynergism may also, without limitation, be accomplished with any otheraerosols consisting of any other agent(s) that can have the same orsimilar effect.

The combination of one or more of these various technologies such as,but not limited to, any enclosed UV light source(s), dehumidification,and any aqueous aerosol generator or vapor generator, technologies,especially when combined with the use of any aerosol containing anyhydrogen peroxide and/or peroxyacetic acid (PAA), can withoutlimitation, create an enhanced synergy that can be used for a quickerprocess to not only decontaminate, sanitize, disinfect, or sterilize, atargeted area and various surfaces within the targeted area, but to alsoquickly reduce or eliminate odors or smells in the targeted area thatresults from these activities. This can, without limitation, beespecially important when using agent(s) that contain ingredients suchas, but not limited to, peroxyacetic acid (PAA). This synergy, can also,without limitation, be even more enhanced when acidic agent(s) aredeployed into a targeted area and treated by the UV light source(s).This can translate to quicker overall cycle or turn over times for atreated space.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises using any combination of sensors,programmable logic circuit (PLC), computer software, algorithms, orother automated means known to those skilled in the art, toautomatically adjust and modify the timing sequences and time periods ofvarious steps of the operational cycle performed by any aerosolgenerating apparatus or any ancillary equipment, at any time, to accountfor various attributes such as, but not limited to, the total volume ofthe treated space, temperature of the air or gas in the treated space,the relative humidity level in the treated space, the dew point in thetreated space, and the atmospheric pressure in the treated space. Inaddition, the operator of the apparatus can, without limitation,manually enter into the apparatus one or more values such as, but notlimited to, the volume of the room or treated space, or the desiredoperational time for any of the various steps of any operation cycle.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the aerosol generator conducting orcarrying out, without limitation, the following operational steps orsequences. One or more of the following steps can also, withoutlimitation, be bypassed either temporarily or permanently per thedesires or needs of the operator. Each step can vary for any length oftime for any reason known to those skilled in the art. In addition thetime between each step can also vary for any length of time for anyreason. The first step is aerosol generation and deployment into the oneor more targeted area(s). This step includes, without limitation, theadditional step of heating the liquid that will be aerosolized to anypreset temperature. The second step provides a dwell time to allow theaerosol and any vapor component to have efficacious contact with anytargeted surfaces and/or area(s). The third step is dehumidification.Dehumidification can be achieved in various ways known to those skilledin the art. Dehumidification can also, without limitation, includeoperating any spinning paddles or blades as mentioned in the presentinvention, and this can be operated with our without any otherdehumidification device(s) or methodologies. The fourth step isdeodorization. This is achieved by using one or more UV light source(s)as described in the present invention. The fifth step is filtering theair with one or more of any filter(s) to remove any amount of anyunwanted gases or vapor. Furthermore, the aerosol generating apparatusmay stop all other steps and enter into or start the dehumidificationstep at any time for any reason. The dehumidification step may bestarted for reasons including, but not limited to, the apparatus oroperator has detected a fault with any part or operation of theapparatus or any other ancillary equipment, an emergency stop has beenactuated, or the operator has chosen to abort or stop the function ofthe apparatus. Finally, the operator of the apparatus can, withoutlimitation, manually operate the dehumidification step or deodorizationstep either any time before the aerosol generating apparatus has startedto generate and deploy any aerosol, or any time after the entireoperational cycle is complete.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises the construction and use of one or moremeans to effectively cover, plug, and/or seal any space(s) or gap(s)that can be present near or at the bottom of any door or set of doorswhen they are closed. These space(s) or gap(s) can also occur even whenseals are attached to the bottom of a door(s). These spaces(s) or gap(s)can, without limitation, leak any applied aerosol depending on variousvariables known in the art, when a room or space is treated.

Various door seals are used in the present art to prevent drafts fromemanating from under doors. However, the present invention improves thecurrent art, by designing and constructing an enhanced door seal that itnot only effectively seals the door, but it also insures that varioussurfaces such as, but not limited to, the surfaces of the door and doorseal that are in contact with each other, as well as any floor, doorframe, or flooring material, have sufficient exposure to any appliedagent(s) so they may be sterilized, sanitized, disinfected, high leveldisinfected, or decontaminated.

An apparatus and method of an embodiment of the present invention,briefly summarized, comprises without limitation, moving or pumping anyquantity of air or gas from any area treated with any agent(s), in theform of an aerosol, through a liquid contained in one or more tank(s) orreservoir(s). The liquid is any substance that can, without limitation,neutralize, degrade, or remove, any odors or vapor from the processedair or gas. The liquid can also, without limitation, neutralize ordegrade any liquid agent(s) that the aerosol may contain. The air or gascan be, without limitation, recirculated one or more times before itreturned to the treated area or any other designated space.

Numerous other features, aspects and advantages of the present inventionwill be made apparent from the following detailed description takentogether with the drawing figures.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The methods and devices for the present invention, is best understoodwith reference to the following detailed description of the inventionand the drawings in which:

FIG. 1 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a reservoir where one ormore aerosol generating ultrasonic transducers are located below thesurface of a liquid held within the reservoir;

FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a transducer assemblycomprising a housing, a transducer, and a protective O-ring interface,wherein a protective barrier is applied to the side of a transducer thatfaces a liquid;

FIG. 3 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a transducer assemblycomprising a housing, a transducer coupled with a protective barriersuch as a pane, plate, or sheet of glass or other material, and aprotective interface above the protective barrier;

FIG. 4 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a transducer assemblycomprising a housing, a transducer coupled with a protective barrier,and a protective seal below the protective barrier;

FIGS. 5 a and b are a schematic views of embodiments of a transducerassembly according to the present invention;

FIG. 6 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an aerosol generatoraccording to the present invention.

FIG. 7 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a targeted area(s) foradministering the aerosol from the aerosol generating apparatus;

FIG. 8 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an aerosol generatingapparatus connected to a targeted area(s) with a pipe through whichaerosol can be administered;

FIG. 9 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an aerosol generatingapparatus connected to the targeted area(s) in a closed loop system;

FIG. 10 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a PLC connected tovarious components of the aerosol generating apparatus;

FIG. 11 is an isometric view of an embodiment of an aerosol generatingapparatus according to the present invention;

FIG. 12 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an aerosol generatingapparatus according to the present invention;

FIG. 13 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an aerosol generatingapparatus according to the present invention;

FIG. 14 is a schematic view of an embodiment of aerosol generatingtransducers attached to a reservoir that is connected to a means thatcan enable the transducers and/or their liquid facing surfaces to matchthe angle of or remain aligned with, the surface of the liquid abovethem;

FIG. 15 is a schematic view of an embodiment of aerosol generatingtransducers attached to a secondary reservoir inside of a main reservoirand that is connected to a means that can enable the transducers and/ortheir liquid facing surfaces to match the angle of or remain alignedwith, the surface of the liquid above them;

FIG. 16 is an isometric view of an embodiment of multiple transducersinterfaced with multiple housings, and the housings are attached tomultiple buoyant objects;

FIG. 17 is a partially broken away, exploded isometric view of anembodiment of more than one clevis assembly that allows various rangesof motion for various parts and components such as, the transducers,housings, and buoyant objects according to the present invention;

FIG. 18 is a partially broken away isometric view of an embodiment ofthe pivot arm assembly that allows various ranges of motion for variousparts and components such as, the transducers, housings, and buoyantobjects, according to the present invention;

FIG. 19 is a schematic view of an embodiment of the reservoir in whichthe transducers are located according to the present invention;

FIG. 20 is an isometric view of an embodiment of a heat sink interfacingwith the reservoir in which the transducers are located with the coolingfins of the heat sink effectively positioned within the air stream thatpasses through the reservoir, in addition a hole which interfaces withthe pivot arm is positioned within the wall of the reservoir;

FIG. 21 is a partially broken away, exploded isometric view of anembodiment of the pivot arm assembly that consists of various parts andcomponents according to the present invention;

FIG. 22 is a partially broken away, exploded isometric view of anembodiment of the means used to actuate the various switches tocommunicate any information or status related to the reservoir or withinthe reservoir to the PLC, and consists of components such as, switches,switch actuator plate, protrusions, torque tube, and base plate;

FIG. 23 is a partially broken away, exploded isometric view of anembodiment of the means used to actuate the various switches tocommunicate any information or status related to the reservoir or withinthe reservoir to the PLC, and consists of components such as, switches,switch actuator plate, protrusions, torque tube, base plate, coverplate, and hydraulic dampener;

FIG. 24 is a partially broken away isometric view of an embodiment ofthe means used to actuate the various switches to communicate anyinformation or status related to the reservoir or within the reservoirto the PLC, and consists of components such as, switches, switchactuator plate, protrusions, torque tube, base plate, cover plate, andhydraulic dampener;

FIG. 25 is an exploded isometric view of an embodiment of an enhanceddesign for interfacing one or more transducers or transducer assemblieswith their housing, consisting of various features, parts, andcomponents according to the present invention;

FIG. 26 is an exploded isometric view of an embodiment of an enhanceddesign for interfacing one or more transducers or transducer assemblieswith their housing, consisting of various features, parts, andcomponents according to the present invention;

FIG. 27 is an isometric view of an embodiment of an enhanced design forinterfacing one or more transducers with their housing, consisting ofvarious features, parts, and components according to the presentinvention;

FIG. 28 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means for thetransducer housing, buoyant objects, or other parts and components tointeract with any means so that the transducers or transducer assembliesare angled when the liquid in the reservoir is at a specified level oris drained;

FIG. 29 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an aerosol generatingapparatus according to the present invention;

FIG. 30 is an isometric view of an embodiment of a buoyant objectinterfaced with multiple transducer assemblies and end plates, accordingto the present invention;

FIG. 31 is a top plan view of an embodiment of a buoyant objectinterfaced with multiple transducer assemblies and end plates, accordingto the present invention;

FIG. 32 is an isometric view of an embodiment of a buoyant objectinterfaced with multiple transducer assemblies and end plates, andspaces or gaps exist, especially above the transducers, between thehousing and the buoyant object that is positioned above the transducers,according to the present invention;

FIG. 33 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a light source and lightsensor that communicates with a PLC that communicates with various partsand components of an aerosol generating apparatus, according to thepresent invention;

FIG. 34 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a relative humiditysensor that communicates with a PLC that communicates with a transceiverthat communicates with various parts and components of an aerosolgenerating apparatus, according to the present invention;

FIG. 35 is a side plan view of an embodiment of an aerosol generatingapparatus according to the present invention;

FIG. 36 is a partially broken away, exploded isometric view of anembodiment of various parts and components of the aerosol generatingapparatus such as, filters, blower, pipes, reservoir, drive electronicsand exit orifice, according to the present invention;

FIG. 37 is an isometric view of an embodiment of a heat sink thatinterfaces with parts and components such as, the drive electronics anda reservoir, according to the present invention;

FIG. 38 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means to decrease thetemperature of the atmosphere and surfaces in the targeted area(s)consisting of generating, moving, and recirculating cooled or chilledair into the targeted area(s), as well as the interface of valves withthe targeted area(s), according to the present invention;

FIG. 39 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means to decrease thetemperature of the atmosphere and surfaces in the targeted area(s)consisting of generating, and moving, cooled or chilled air into thetargeted area(s), as well as the interface of a valve before or at theentrance to the targeted area(s), according to the present invention;

FIG. 40 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means to decrease thetemperature of the atmosphere and surfaces in the targeted area(s)consisting of generating, cooled or chilled air inside the targetedarea(s), according to the present invention;

FIG. 41 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means to divertair/gas and aerosol emanating from the aerosol generating apparatus, tomultiple separate enclosed targeted areas, and consists of parts andcomponents such as a pipe junction and valve, according to the presentinvention;

FIG. 42 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means to compensatefor any shifting of transducer frequencies, where a crystal is initiallyused to generate one specific frequency or specific frequency range fora transducer(s), and is then switched to a different crystal that isused to generate another specific frequency or specific frequency rangefor the transducer(s), and this can be performed multiple times for aplurality of transducers, according to the present invention;

FIG. 43 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means to compensatefor any shifting of transducer frequencies, where a signal generator isinitially used to generate one specific frequency or specific frequencyrange for a transducer(s), and is then switched to a different signalgenerator that is used to generate another specific frequency orspecific frequency range for the transducer(s), and this can beperformed multiple times for a plurality of transducers, according tothe present invention;

FIG. 44 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means to compensatefor any shifting of transducer frequencies, where a crystal that is apart or component of a signal generator is initially used to generateone specific frequency or specific frequency range for a transducer(s),is then switched to a different crystal that is a part or component ofthe same signal generator, and is used to generate another specificfrequency or specific frequency range for the transducer(s), and thesignal generated from the activated crystal is sent via the signalgenerator to an amplifier(s) that is connected to one or moretransducers, according to the present invention;

FIG. 45 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a means to compensatefor any shifting of transducer frequencies, where a signal generator isinitially used to generate one specific frequency or specific frequencyrange for a transducer(s), is then switched to a different signalgenerator, that is used to generate another specific frequency orspecific frequency range for the transducer(s), and the signal generatedfrom the activated signal generator is sent to an amplifier(s) that isconnected to one or more transducers, according to the presentinvention;

FIG. 46 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an enclosure that isconnected to an aerosol generating apparatus, the enclosure havingvarious features, parts, and components, according to the presentinvention;

FIG. 47 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an enclosure that isconnected to an aerosol generating apparatus, where the surfaces that itinterfaces with effectively forms a missing wall, and the enclosure canhave various features, parts, and components such as a glove sealed tothe wall of the enclosure, according to the present invention;

FIG. 48 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an enclosure that isconnected to an aerosol generating apparatus, where the surfaces that itinterfaces with effectively forms a missing wall, and the enclosure canhave various features, parts, and components such as a glove sealed tothe wall of the enclosure, seal material that connects with theenclosure and any surfaces with which the enclosure interfaces,according to the present invention;

FIG. 49 is a schematic view of an embodiment of an enclosure that isconnected to an aerosol generating apparatus, where the surfaces that itinterfaces with effectively forms a missing wall, effectively covers orseals a hole, and the enclosure can have various features, parts, andcomponents such as a glove sealed to the wall of the enclosure, sealmaterial that connects with the enclosure and any surfaces with whichthe enclosure interfaces, and an airlock or access door, according tothe present invention;

FIG. 50 is a schematic view of an embodiment of a holder that interfaceswith one or a plurality of objects, and the said holder incorporatesabsorbent material that is positioned between the holder and anysurfaces with which it interfaces including the said objects it holdsand any surface on which it is placed; and

FIG. 51 is a schematic view of an embodiment of the aerosol generatorthat suspends the tank or reservoir including the transducers from avertically-elevated support surface.

FIG. 52 is a schematic view of an aerosol generator combined with adehumidifier.

FIG. 53 is a schematic view of an aerosol generator connected to thedehumidifier.

FIG. 54 is a schematic view of the dehumidifier of FIG. 52 in a firstconfiguration.

FIG. 55 is a schematic view of the dehumidifier of FIG. 52 in a secondconfiguration.

FIG. 56 is a schematic view of a buoyant object and weights that isdisposed in the generator of FIG. 52.

FIG. 57 is an isometric view of the tank of FIG. 56.

FIG. 58 is an isometric view of an airflow distribution channel for thetank of FIG. 57.

FIG. 59 is a bottom plan view of a wall vent.

FIG. 60 is schematic view of a first embodiment of a cover engaged withthe wall vent of FIG. 59.

FIG. 61 is a schematic view of a second embodiment of the cover of FIG.60.

FIG. 62 is a schematic view of a third embodiment of the cover of FIG.60.

FIG. 63 is a schematic view of a fourth embodiment of a vent cover ofFIG. 60.

FIG. 64 is a schematic view of an embodiment of the generator of FIG. 52including an air flow distribution shelf.

FIG. 65 is a schematic view of another alternative embodiment of theenclosure for the aerosol generator of FIG. 52.

FIG. 66 is a schematic view of another alternative embodiment of theenclosure for the aerosol generator of FIG. 52.

FIG. 67 is a schematic view of another alternative embodiment of theenclosure for the aerosol generator of FIG. 52.

FIG. 68 is a schematic view of another alternative embodiment of theenclosure for the aerosol generator of FIG. 52.

FIG. 69 is an isometric view of the tank of FIG. 56.

FIG. 70 is a schematic view of an embodiment of the aerosol generatorincluding a dehumidifier of FIG. 52 in an enclosed space.

FIG. 71 is a schematic view of a first embodiment of an interfaceassembly used with the generator of FIG. 70.

FIG. 72 is a schematic view of the interface assembly of FIG. 71.

FIG. 73 is a schematic view of a wheel engaged with the interfaceassembly of FIG. 71.

FIG. 74 is a schematic view of a second embodiment of an interfaceassembly used with the generator of FIG. 70.

FIG. 75 is a schematic view of a third embodiment of an interfaceassembly used with the generator of FIG. 70.

FIG. 76 is a schematic view of the generator of FIG. 70 including anumber of filters.

FIG. 77 is a schematic view of a blower housing for the generator ofFIG. 70.

FIG. 78 is a schematic view of the generator of FIG. 70 including afirst embodiment of a fog tube.

FIG. 79 is a schematic view of the generator of FIG. 70 including asecond embodiment of a fog tube.

FIG. 80 is a schematic view of the generator of FIG. 70 including afirst embodiment of an agent sensor.

FIG. 81 is a schematic view of the generator of FIG. 70 including asecond embodiment of an agent sensor.

FIG. 82 is a schematic view of the generator of FIG. 70 including athird embodiment of an agent sensor.

FIG. 83 is a schematic view of the generator of FIG. 70 including afirst embodiment of an impaction device.

FIG. 84 is a schematic view of the generator of FIG. 70 including asecond embodiment of an impaction device.

FIG. 85 is a rear view of the impaction device of FIG. 84.

FIG. 86 is a top plan view of the impaction device of FIG. 84.

FIG. 87 is a side plan view of the impaction device of FIG. 84.

FIG. 88 is a schematic view of a first embodiment of a UV light deviceof the dehumidifier of FIG. 70.

FIG. 89 is a schematic view of a second embodiment of a UV light deviceof the dehumidifier of FIG. 70.

FIG. 90 is a schematic view of a third embodiment of a UV light deviceof the dehumidifier of FIG. 70.

FIG. 91 is a schematic view of a fourth embodiment of a UV light deviceof the dehumidifier of FIG. 70.

FIG. 92 is a schematic view of a first embodiment of a door sealutilized with the generator and dehumidifier of FIG. 70.

FIG. 93 is a schematic view of a second embodiment of a door sealutilized with the generator and dehumidifier of FIG. 70.

FIG. 94 is a schematic view of a deodorizing chamber utilized with thegenerator and dehumidifier of FIG. 70.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Detailed references to the embodiments of the invention, are illustratedin the accompanying drawings that serve as examples. While the inventionwill be described in conjunction with the embodiments, it is understoodthat they are not intended to limit the invention to those embodiments.On the contrary, the invention is intended to cover alternatives,modifications, and equivalents, which may be included within the spiritand scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims.

As illustrated in FIGS. 1-5B, an embodiment of the invention includes amethod and apparatus for protecting and enhancing the performance of oneor more aerosol generating ultrasonic transducer(s) (10) by adhering oneor more protective barrier(s) (60) to a transducer(s) (10). Unlessotherwise stated, adhering in this specification includes, but is notlimited to adhering, coupling, gluing, attaching, cementing, cohering,fastening, pasting, depositing, applying, melting onto or meltingtogether, and chemically, thermally, or physically bonding. According toan embodiment the transducer(s) (10) may be made of a piezoelectricmaterial, preferably a lead-zirconate-titanate (PZT) material, and morepreferably lead-zirconate-titanate-four (PZT-4). According to anembodiment, the protective barrier (60) may be any material that has aneffective or high chemical resistance to a liquid (30); however anymaterial that has an effective coefficient of conductivity for pressure(energy) could also be used. Further, the protective barrier (60) may bea pane, sheet, or plate, and may be made of materials such as glass,ceramic, or a polymer. According to an embodiment, the thickness of theprotective barrier(s) (60) can range from about 0.001 inches to about0.125 inches, wherein the thickness is not equal to or about n/2 of awavelength of sound or pressure (energy), preferably in the form of awave, generated by the transducer(s) (10) at a frequency, wherein n isany integer. In an embodiment, the liquid (30) may be, but is notlimited to one or more of any chemical, compound, mixture, or substance,which is a liquid, preferably a solution, and may optionally include butis not limited to water, medicines, fertilizers, pesticides, fuels,chemical neutralizers, or anti-pathogen/toxin/fungal/sporicidal agents,substances, combinations thereof, and the like. According to anembodiment, the liquid (30) may also be heated to achieve a desiredaerosol (200) output.

According to an embodiment, a protective barrier (60) is adhered to theside of the transducer(s) 10 that faces the liquid (30), preferablyhydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid in solution, to separate thetransducer(s) (10) from the liquid (30). In an embodiment, theprotective barrier (60) is quartz glass and is adhered to thetransducer(s) (10) by an adhesive (70) whose performance is unaffectedand/or not adversely affected by heat. No liquid or other medium, otherthan the adhesive (70) (and optionally, a conductive coating (50)), isnecessary between the transducer(s) (10) and the protective barrier (60)for the transducer(s) (10) to function properly. According to anembodiment, the thickness of the protective barrier (60) ranges fromabout 0.001 inches to about 0.125 inches, wherein the thickness is notequal to or about n/2 of a wavelength of pressure generated by thetransducer(s) (10) at a frequency between about 0.025 MHz and about 10MHz, wherein n is any integer, preferably a thickness between about0.026 inches and about 0.070 inches at a frequency between about 0.5 MHzand about 2.5 MHz, more preferably a thickness between about 0.030inches and about 0.060 inches at a frequency between about 1.2 MHz andabout 2.2 MHz, and even more preferably a thickness between about 0.029inches and about 0.042 inches at a frequency between about 1.2 MHz andabout 2.2 MHz.

Referring to FIGS. 1 and 2, an embodiment of the invention includes oneor more aerosol generating ultrasonic transducer(s) (10) (and theirhousings (20), if utilized) located below the surface of a solution,fluid, or liquid (herein collectively “liquid”) (30) in a reservoir(40). According to an embodiment, the liquid (30) can be, but is notlimited to one or more of any chemical, compound, mixture, or substance,which is a liquid, preferably a solution, and may optionally include butis not limited to water, medicines, fertilizers, pesticides, fuels,chemical neutralizers, or anti-pathogen/toxin/fungal/sporicidal agents,substances, combinations thereof, and the like.

According to a preferred embodiment, a preferred liquid (30) is hydrogenperoxide and peroxyacetic acid in an aqueous solution, which may beeffective in sanitization, disinfection, high-level disinfection, andsterilization, and other applications, preferably approximately 2.2%hydrogen peroxide and approximately 0.45% peroxyacetic acid in solution,more preferably approximately 1% hydrogen peroxide and approximately0.25% peroxyacetic acid in an aqueous solution. Other liquids (30) thatmay be used include, but are not limited to chlorine dioxide in solutionand ozone in solution.

The tank or reservoir (40) may be made of any suitable material that isnot affected by the chemical action of the liquid (30). Suitablematerials of the reservoir (40) may include PVC, polypropylene, andstainless steel, but other suitable materials may be used. The aerosol(200) generated by operation of the transducer(s) (10) forms above thesurface of the liquid (30) in the reservoir (40) and may be transferredfrom the reservoir (40) to the space to be treated by a blower (180) orother source of pressurized air, as will be described in greater detailbelow.

The output of the protected transducer(s) (10) may be focused ordirected to a point and/or an area near the surface of the liquid (30)to cause a surface disturbance, which results in the formation of anaerosol (200) of the liquid (30) in the reservoir (40). The aerosol(200) is then blown or otherwise moved with pressurized air, into one ormore targeted areas or chambers.

According to an embodiment, the transducer(s) (10) may be made of apiezoelectric material, preferably a lead-zirconate-titanate (PZT)material, and more preferably lead-zirconate-titanate-four (PZT-4). Withreference to FIG. 2, the transducer(s) (10) is coated with a conductivecoating (50) that enables an electrical signal to energize or drive thetransducer(s) (10) causing it to emit pressure (energy) of a desiredcharacter. When a protective barrier (60) is adhered or otherwisecoupled to a transducer(s) (10) it is understood to mean herein that aconductive coating (50) may exist between the protective barrier (60)and the transducer(s) (10). According to an embodiment, some or all ofthe conductive coating (50) may be removed from the back of thetransducer(s) (10) to allow it to receive the radio frequency (RF)output from the amplifier. Moreover, according to an embodiment, anelectrically conductive material (i.e., metal wire, conductive tab orspring, etc.) interfaces or is connected to the conductive coating (50)on the transducer(s) (10), and is then either electrically grounded orelectrically connected back to the power amplifier to complete thecircuit. This circuit is not polarity sensitive. The electricallyconductive material can be attached in their reverse manner.

According to an embodiment, the transducer(s) (10) may be manufacturedinto various shapes and sizes according to a desired application,preferably circular in shape. Also, according to an embodiment, thetransducer(s) (10) may have a diameter of various lengths, preferablyabout one (1) inch. By using a protective barrier (60) of the presentinvention, the transducer(s) (10) may have a smaller diameter andsmaller surface area than that taught in the prior art without theproblems of overheating and/or failing during operation, the need for acooling mechanism to prevent the transducer(s) (10) from overheatingand/or failing, and/or putting space between the protective barrier (60)and the transducer(s) (10) and/or filling that space with variouscooling fluids.

Examples of electronic equipment and methods for operating or drivingthe transducer(s) (10) are discussed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,878,355 and6,102,992 (both of which are incorporated herein by reference in itsentirety, including any references cited therein). U.S. Pat. No.5,925,966, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety,including any references cited therein, also provides details of thehardware necessary to operate the transducer(s) (10). Additionalelectronic equipment, tolerances, and methods for operating or drivingthe transducer(s) (10) known in the art may also be used. A variablefrequency oscillator or signal generator is used to generate a highfrequency wave, preferably a sine or square wave.

According to an embodiment, a preferred oscillator is a digital functiongenerator/counter capable of producing sine, square, triangle, pulse andramp waves. A preferred oscillator has an adjustable frequency rangefrom about 0.025 MHz to about 12 MHz, and may be set or designed for aparticular need or requirement. It preferably has variable outputamplitude from 5 mV to 20 Vp-p (Volts peak to peak) being delivered tothe amplifier, variable symmetry/duty cycle from 5% to 95% in the rampor pulse mode, continuous or externally controlled outputs. This signalcan then be optionally amplified using a power amplifier to increase thepower to the optimum aerosol producing power. The volts peak to peak isa measure of power that is supplied to the transducer(s) (10). A directcurrent (D.C.) offset between −10 v to +10 v can be added to any of theoutput waveforms.

In one embodiment, the amplifier is a solid-state amplifier thatprovides up to 2500 watts of linear power with low harmonic andintermodulation distortion and peak to peak voltages of about 20 voltsto about 300 volts; however the number of watts could also be increasedin order to provide enough power to drive a desired number oftransducers and the peak to peak voltages could also be increased,preferably about 100 watts of linear power per transducer(s) (10) withabout 190 to about 230 Vp-p.

The amplified signal from the amplifier is used to operate or drive oneor a plurality of transducer(s) (10), where in an embodiment eachtransducer(s) (10) is operated at a frequency range between about 0.025MHz to about 10 MHz or higher, preferably between about 0.5 MHz to about2.5 MHz, more preferably between about 1.2 MHz and about 2.2 MHz.Moreover, in such an embodiment each transducer(s) (10) has a resonantfrequency between about 0.025 and about 10.0 MHz or higher. Theoperating frequency is the frequency at which the transducer(s) (10) isbeing driven or operated. The resonant frequency is the frequency of thetransducer(s) (10), unloaded in air, without being adhered to theprotective barrier (60) or other parts of the transducer assembly (100).

Optionally, in one embodiment, the conductive coating (50) may beapplied to the entirety of the surface of each transducer(s) (10) sothat it can be energized. According to an embodiment, some or all of theconductive coating (50) may be removed from the side (5) that faces awayfrom the liquid (30) in the reservoir (40). The side (5) of thetransducer(s) (10) is also the side that receives the radio frequency(RF) output from the amplifier. According to an embodiment, anelectrically conductive material (i.e., metal wire, conductive tab orspring, etc.) interfaces or is connected to the conductive coating (50)on the transducer(s) (10), and is then either electrically grounded orelectrically connected back to the power amplifier to complete thecircuit. This circuit is not polarity sensitive. The electricallyconductive material can be attached in their reverse manner.

The transducer(s) (10) is protected from chemical interaction with aliquid (30), as well as any erosion that could be caused by cavitation,by utilizing a protective barrier (60). In an embodiment, referring toFIG. 2, applying a protective barrier (60) onto the side of thetransducer(s) (10) that faces the liquid (30); where the protectivebarrier (60) is first heated to a pliable or molten state and thenapplied to the transducer(s) (10). In another embodiment, referring toFIG. 3, adhering, or bonding the surface of one or more transducer(s)(10) that faces the liquid (30) with a protective barrier (60).According to an embodiment, the protective barrier (60) may be a pane orplate, and/or be made of materials such as glass, ceramic, or a polymer.Preferably the protective barrier (60) is a sheet of quartz glass. Thematerial of a protective barrier (60) should have an effective or highchemical resistance to the liquid (30) used. The thickness of aprotective barrier (60) is held to specific tolerances. In oneembodiment, an adhesive, cement, epoxy, or bonding agent/compound, etc.(herein, collectively “adhesive” (70)), whose performance is unaffectedand/or not adversely affected by heat, is utilized for adhering, orotherwise connecting a protective barrier (60) with a transducer(s)(10). An interface and/or connection between a protective barrier (60)and a transducer(s)(10) may also be established by other means known tothose skilled in the art. Further, no liquid or other medium, other thanthe adhesive (70) (and optionally, a conductive coating (50)), isnecessary between a transducer(s) (10) and a protective barrier (60) forthe transducer(s) (10) to function properly. According to an embodiment,glass was chosen due to attributes including, but not limited to itsphysical and/or mechanical properties, and ability to withstand the heatgenerated by a transducer(s) (10) and its general ability to withstandchemical attack. The technique of adhering a transducer to a glassbarrier material is taught in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,109,863; 3,433,461;3,729,138; and 4,976,259, each of which is incorporated herein byreference in its entirety, including the references cited therein.

According to a preferred embodiment, a transducer(s) (10) and/or atransducer assembly (100) are placed in a chemically resistant housing(20) or other chemically resistant means to hold, holdfast, secure,and/or protect the transducer(s) (10). Certain metals and plastics havedemonstrated high chemical resistance to various liquids. A chemicalresistant seal or O-ring (herein “O-ring”) (80) serves as a seal betweenthe transducer assembly (100), and the liquid (30) in the reservoir(40). According to an embodiment, the O-ring (80) may be made of anychemically resistant material depending upon the composition of theliquid (30) utilized, preferably Viton®. The preferred material has thehighest chemical resistance to the liquid used.

In each of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 2-5, the transducer assembly(100), including the transducer(s) (10) and the protective barrier (60),is enclosed or packaged in, assembled with, or coupled with, a housing(20). According to an embodiment, the housing (20) may be a hermiticallyor non-hermitically sealed or unsealed housing, or other hermitically ornon-hermitically sealed or unsealed means to hold, holdfast, secure,and/or protect transducer(s) 10, that is either interfaced with thereservoir (40), or mounted to or in the reservoir (40), or positionedwithin the reservoir (40), or preferably coupled or attached to thebottom wall of the reservoir (40). According to an embodiment, a sealedinterface exists between the protective barrier (60) and/or the housing(20) or means to hold, holdfast, secure, and/or protect thetransducer(s) (10).

In one embodiment, see FIGS. 2 and 3, the O-ring seal (80) seals theinterface between the protective barrier (60) and the open upper end(90) of the housing (20). In FIG. 4, the O-ring seal (80) is positionedbelow the protective barrier (60).

In FIGS. 5 a and 5 b, the transducer(s) 10 and the protective barrier(60), where the protective barrier (60) is formed and/or assembled bymethod (1) or (2), is molded, thermoformed, cemented, adhered, orotherwise interfaced with/to the reservoir (40), or the housing (20) orother means to hold, holdfast, secure, and/or protect the transducer(s)(10), which establishes an effective seal between the interfacingmaterials. Other methods known in the art can also be used to establishthis interface. In an another embodiment, the surfaces within thereservoir (40), or other surfaces to which the transducer assembly (100)is coupled, interfaced, connected, or mounted, may also act or functionas the housing (20) and FIGS. 2-4 are also applicable in this capacity.Finally, a sealed interface may also exist between the housing (20) orthe means to hold, holdfast, secure, and/or protect the transducer(s)(10), and a wall of the reservoir (40), or other surface(s) with whichit interfaces.

According to an embodiment, it is preferred that with both protectivebarrier (60) methods (1) and (2), when glass is used, the glass typeused may be of any acid and/or alkaline resistant glass such as, forexample, quartz, or Type I (borosilicate glass or Pyrex) or Type IIglass as defined by the United States Pharmacopoeia. The protectivebarrier (60) may be any chemically resistant material. Preferably, theprotective barrier (60) has a high chemical resistance to the liquid(30) used.

The selection of a material for either of the two protective barrier(60) assemblies and methods is further determined by the material'simpedance properties according to known wave transmission theories. Inother words, some materials are better at transmitting pressure (energy)than others. This correlates directly with the efficiency andeffectiveness of the transducer(s) (10) and is represented by themaximum amount of aerosol (200) generated by the aerosol generatingsystem (110) per unit of time. In order to maximize the energy transferinto the liquid (30), transmission coefficients for various protectivebarrier (60) materials are calculated by means of known mathematicalformulas pertaining to the various theories of wave transmission knownto those of skill in the art. The transmission coefficients arecalculated and then compared and the highest transmission coefficient ischosen. Generally, the higher the energy transmitted through theprotective barrier (60), the higher the aerosol (200) output. Inaddition, the higher the frequency, the smaller the particles. Accordingto an embodiment, good wave transmission is achieved through the use ofa quartz glass or a borosilicate glass protective barrier (60).

The thickness of the material of the protective barrier (60) is anotherfactor that influences the efficiency and effectiveness of thetransducer(s) (10) or the total amount of or size of aerosol (200) thetransducer(s) (10) is able to generate. This relates to the fact thatoperational frequencies will dictate selected glass thicknesses, thinnerglass being selected with higher frequencies. These higher operationalfrequencies produce smaller droplet sizes. In the first protectivebarrier method, the protective barrier (60) is either formed or appliedto the proper thickness. If the thickness of the protective barrier (60)is not within specifications, the protective barrier (60) may be furtherprocessed or machined to achieve the proper thickness. The secondprotective barrier method involves adhering, or otherwise connecting theprotective barrier (60), which may be processed or machined to theproper thickness, with the transducer(s) (10). In both methods, thethickness of the protective barrier (60) is controlled to tighttolerances in order to control its transmission coefficient.

It was thought in the prior art that the optimum protective barrierthickness was equal to or about one-half (½) or any multiple of one-half(½) of the wavelength of the transmitted pressure (energy) wave.According to the prior art, at this thickness, the protective barriermaterial looks acoustically invisible and roughly twenty percent (20%)of the energy emitted from the transducers is being transmitted into theliquid beyond the protective barrier.

However, according to an embodiment of the present invention, it hasbeen found that the transmission of energy through a material can befurther optimized or enhanced if the thickness of that material, isbetween about 0.001 inches and about 0.125 inches, wherein the thicknessis not n/2 or about n/2 of the wavelength of a transmitted pressure(energy) that is generated by the transducer(s) (10), wherein n is anyinteger. Without being limited to the mechanism, it is believed thatroughly seventy percent (70%) of the energy emitted from thetransducer(s) (10) may be transmitted into the liquid (30) beyond theprotective barrier (60) with the thicknesses of the present invention,which is significantly higher than the 20% emitted from the protectivebarrier (60) with a prior art thickness of one-half (½) or any multipleof ½ the wavelength. Without being limited to the mechanism of action,the material of the protective barrier (60) may actually maximize thetransmission coefficient of the pressure (energy) and thus increase theefficiency and effectiveness of the aerosol (200) output of thetransducer(s) (10), in addition to protecting the electrode material. Apreferred material of the protective barrier (60) may be glass, morepreferably quartz glass.

Based upon an embodiment, the invention gave rise to unexpected results,including, but not limited to a significant increase in aerosol (200)output, smaller aerosol (200) particle size, and more energy beingtransferred to the liquid (30). Additionally, in an embodiment of theapparatus and methods of protecting a transducer(s) (10), a coolingsystem to prevent the transducer(s) (10) from burning or otherwisefailing at various operating frequencies is not necessary. For example,U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,863, which is incorporated herein by reference inits entirety, including the references cited therein, requires a meansfor circulating a fluid over the transducer and glass for cooling andstabilizing a transducer. However, according to U.S. Pat. No. 4,976,259,this method has the undesirable effect of acoustically dampening theback side of the transducer which reduces the efficiency of thenebulizer system.

When calculating the optimum thickness of the protective barrier (60) inan embodiment of the present invention, the following are considered:(1) operating frequency; (2) the specific natural frequency of thetransducer(s) (10); (3) the type of protective barrier (60) material;(4) the thickness of the protective barrier (60); (5) optionally, asuitable adhesive/bonding agent (70); and (6) an acceptable and optimumlevel of aerosol (200) by sweeping the transducer assembly (100) with arange of frequencies and power to find the desired aerosol (200) output.

According to an embodiment, once the transducer assembly (100) isassembled it can be operated at a range of frequencies. The thickness ofthe protective barrier (60) may range depending upon the operatingfrequency of the transducer(s) (10). According to an embodiment, thethickness of the protective barrier (60) ranges from about 0.001 inchesto about 0.125 inches, wherein the thickness is not equal to or aboutn/2 of the wavelength of pressure (energy) generated by thetransducer(s) (10) at a frequency between about 0.025 MHz and about 10MHz, wherein n is any integer, preferably a thickness between about0.026 inches and about 0.070 inches at a frequency between about 0.5 MHzand about 2.5 MHz, more preferably a thickness between about 0.030inches and about 0.060 inches at a frequency between about 1.2 MHz andabout 2.2 MHz, and even more preferably a thickness between about 0.029inches and about 0.042 inches at a frequency between about 1.2 MHz andabout 2.2 MHz.

Empirical testing for hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid insolution; and water determined that the transducer(s) (10) generated thegreatest amount of aerosol (200) when the liquid (30) above them wasmaintained at a temperature above about 80° F., preferably about 105° F.This is most likely due to the reduction of the surface tension of theliquid (30) as its temperature increases.

According to an embodiment, the liquid (30) may not have to be at least80° F. for effective performance in certain circumstances where highaerosol output is not necessary, or the liquid already has a low enoughsurface tension to achieve a desired result. Further, according to anembodiment, any variations in the temperature may be made to optimizethe aerosol (200) output based upon the type of liquid (30) used and theresults desired by the user.

According to an embodiment, a protective barrier (60) for an aerosol(200) producing transducer(s) (10) has a thickness between about 0.001inches and 0.125 inches, wherein the thickness is other than equal to orabout n/2 of the wavelength of the transmitted pressure (energy) wavesthat are generated by the transducer(s) (10), wherein n is any integer.Thus, the thickness of the protective barrier (60) as described abovepermits the transducer(s) (10) to operate effectively to provide a highvolume small aerosol (200) particle output, which is preferred, or anyother desired output without the need for space between thetransducer(s) (10) and the protective barrier (60) or a coolingmechanism.

Most preferably, in accordance with one aspect of the present invention,it has been found that the transmission of energy through a material canalso be optimized if the thickness of that material, in this case glass,is about one quarter (¼) or any multiple of one quarter (¼) of thewavelength of the transmitted pressure waves generated at the naturalresonant frequency of the transducer. The barrier material in this casewill not only look acoustically invisible but will also maximize thetransmission coefficient of the pressure waves and thus increase theefficiency and effectiveness of the transducer's aerosol output. Thegain in power transmission for a particular transducer can, withoutlimitation, increase from approximately 20%, for a barrier sized at onehalf (½) of the wavelength of the transmitted pressure waves generatedby the transducer at the natural resonant frequency of the transducer,to approximately 71% for a barrier sized at one quarter (¼) of thewavelength of the transmitted pressure waves generated by the sametransducer at the natural resonant frequency of that transducer.

Testing was conducted in the laboratory to determine what glassthickness when adhered to the transducer would generate the maximumamount of aerosol. Transducers with an adhered quartz glass thickness of0.096 inch and 0.125 inch were tested first, and both suffered damagewhen the heat from operating the transducer burned the epoxy, which isused to adhere the glass to the transducer. This was evidence that athinner glass material was needed in order to, without limitation, moreeffectively transmit the energy and heat produced by the transducer intothe liquid above the glass. A quartz glass barrier of about ¼ wavelength of the propagated pressure wave for a 1.5 Mhz transducer, or0.036 inch, was manufactured, and its output greatly exceeded the targetof 800 milliliters of aerosolized liquid per hour with an average outputof 1500 milliliters per hour, as shown in the data in Table 1, alongwith data illustrating the effectiveness of barriers having otherthicknesses with the 1.5 Mhz transducer.

TABLE 1 Experimental Data Protective Aerosol Results: Frequency BarrierThickness Output Observations/ (Mhz) Wavelength (inches) Volumes (ml/hr)1.87 0.311 0.036 2138 ml per hr 1.85 0.308 0.036 1769 ml per hr 1.860.309 0.036 2064 ml per hr 1.89 0.314 0.036 1622 ml per hr 1.89 0.3140.036 1843 ml per hr 1.88 0.313 0.036 0 ml per hr; transducer burned1.90 0.316 0.036 1460 ml per hr 1.84 0.306 0.036 1695 ml per hr 1.850.308 0.036 1500 ml per hr 1.86 0.309 0.036 1825 ml per hr 1.89 0.3140.036 1870 ml per hr 1.90 0.316 0.036 1550 ml per hr 1.90 0.316 0.0361550 ml per hr 2.11 0.283 0.029 Est. <500 ml per hr 1.83 0.338 0.0401971 ml per hr 1.81 0.334 0.040 2138 ml per hr 1.83 0.338 0.040 2005 mlper hr 1.68 0.388 0.050 1769 ml per hr 1.91 0.847 0.096 0 ml per hr;transducer burned 1.58 0.912 0.125 0 ml per hr 1.59 0.918 0.125 0 ml perhr 1.88 0.313 0.036 0 ml per hr; transducer burned 1.90 0.316 0.036 1900ml per hr; amplifier issue - ran hot 1.80 0.299 0.036 0 ml per hr;transducer burned 1.82 0.303 0.036 0 ml per hr; lens may have beencracked 1.71 0.355 0.045 0 ml per hr 1.74 0.362 0.045 0 ml per hr

As a result of this testing, it has recently been determined that thetransducer incorporating the barrier provides the best results when thethickness is calculated as a multiple of about n/4 of the wavelength ofthe natural resonant frequency (unloaded in air) of the transducer. Thetransducer including the barrier having this calculated thickness mustalso be operated at an operational frequency that is greater than thenatural resonant frequency of the transducer by between about 4% andabout 60% of the natural resonant frequency of the transducer. Thiscalculation of the barrier thickness and the resulting operationalfrequency to optimize the aerosol generation by the transducer can beutilized for transducers having natural resonant frequencies in therange of 0.5 Mhz to 8.0 Mhz.

Further empirical testing in the laboratory for a particular transduceralso determined that the actual effective range of glass thickness foraerosol output of a transducer having a natural resonant frequency of1.5 Mhz was minus 0.010 inches and plus 0.024 inches, from 0.036 inches,or the calculated barrier thickness of one quarter (¼) of the wavelengthof the transmitted pressure waves from the 1.5 Mhz transducer. It wasalso found that this asymmetrical range is, without limitation, stronglycorrelated with the admittance vs. frequency sweeps for transducers withglass barriers of this type. These sweeps include, but are not limitedto, showing two distinct and separate peaks or amplitudes that bothexhibit a curve that has a pronounced or sharp drop to the right of eachamplitude. Thus, the operation and effectiveness of the aerosolgenerator including the transducer (10) including the barrier (60) canalso be increased by utilizing a barrier having a thickness in thisrange above and below the calculated barrier thickness at approximatelyn/4 for the wavelength of the transducer at its natural resonantfrequency.

Also, empirical testing determined that the transducers generated thegreatest amount of aerosol when the liquid above them was maintained ata temperature above 80 degree Fahrenheit. This is most likely due to thereduction of the liquid's surface tension as its temperature increases.

Therefore, in the present invention the optimum glass barrier thicknessfor the aerosol producing transducer, is approximately one quarter (¼)or approximately any multiple of one quarter (e.g., 0.5/4, ¼, 1.5/4,2.5/4, ¾, 3.5/4, 5/4 . . . or n/4 where n=about any odd number, or theresult of any mathematical operation) but not equal or about equal toany multiple of n/2 of the wavelength of the transmitted pressure wavesfrom the transducer as calculated by the formula:

${\lambda ({wavelength})} = \frac{c\left( {{speed}\mspace{14mu} {of}\mspace{14mu} {sound}{\mspace{11mu} \;}{in}\mspace{14mu} {the}\mspace{14mu} {selected}\mspace{14mu} {material}} \right)}{f\left( {{natural}\mspace{14mu} {resonance}{\mspace{11mu} \;}{frequency}} \right)}$

when the transducer is operated at an operation frequency of up to 60%above, preferably between 4% and 60% above, more preferably between 9%and 50% above or about 10% to about 45% above, and most preferablybetween about 18% and 27% above the natural resonant frequency of thetransducer.

Additionally, the transducer can be constructed with a barrier within arange of minus 0.010 inches (−0.010 inches) and plus 0.024 inches(+0.024 inches) from the calculated optimum barrier thickness, where then/4 multiple of the wavelength is not equal to or approximately equal toany multiple of one half (½) of a wavelength. These methods in theirentirety can be used with any transducer with a natural resonantfrequency, unloaded in air, between 0.5 MHz to 8.0 MHz.

Specifically, maximum aerosol output is achieved with a glass thicknesswithin the range of minus (−) 0.010 inches and plus (+) 0.024 inches,from the optimum thickness calculated as the multiple of n/4 of thewavelength of the transmitted pressure waves, with this multiple morepreferably being a multiple where n=an odd number (i.e., 1, 3, 5, 7, 9,etc.) and where n/4 is not equal to any multiple of n/2. Morepreferably, n is from 1 to 9. In a particularly preferred embodiment,the calculated glass barrier thickness is 0.036 inches (0.036-0.010 to0.036+0.024 inches).

In a preferred embodiment, the transducers utilized with the barriershaving these thicknesses have a natural resonant frequency, unloaded inair, between 1.25 to 1.65 MHz and their operating frequency range inliquid is between 1.71 to 2.00 MHz.

In one embodiment, the liquid depth above the transducers can range from0.5 to 5.0 inches. In addition the liquid in the tank above thetransducers should be maintained at a temperature of 80 degreeFahrenheit or greater in order to maximize the amount of aerosol that isgenerated.

When utilizing a barrier (60) having a thickness in this calculatedrange, the transmission of energy from the transducer (10) through thebarrier (60) to the liquid (30) is increased from around 20% to around70%. This increased transmission percentage greatly reduces thedegradation of the bond formed by the adhesive (70) binding the barrier(60) to the transducer (10), allowing the adhesive (70) to hold thebarrier (60) in place during operation of the transducer (10).

According to an embodiment, many depths of the liquid (30) above thetransducer(s) (10) may be used; preferably the depth of the liquid (30)above the transducer(s) (10) is from about 0.25 inches to about 8.0inches, and more preferably a depth of about 1.25 inches. However, itmay be possible to operate the invention at levels below 0.25 inches iflower power and/or frequencies are used. Moreover, according to anembodiment, the liquid (30) may be maintained at any temperaturenecessary to achieve the desired results based upon the preferences ofthe user or the type of liquid used. Preferably any liquid (30), such asperoxyacetic acid and hydrogen peroxide, in the reservoir (40) may bemaintained at a temperature of about 80° F. or greater in order tomaximize the amount of aerosol (200) that is generated. However, thetemperature of the liquid (30) may vary depending upon such parametersas the desired aerosol (200) output, the type of liquid (30) used, andthe surface tension of the liquid (30).

Referring to FIGS. 6-15, there are shown embodiments of an aerosolgenerator (110) according to the present invention. The reservoir (40)contains a volume of liquid (30), the level of which is controlled by adam (or weir gate) (120) operatively associated with a supply pump (130)and a supply line (140) to maintain the level of the liquid (30) at apreferred level above the transducer(s) (10) mounted on the bottom wallof the reservoir (40). The transducer(s) (10) may be individuallymounted in separate housings (20), as shown in one of the embodiments ofFIGS. 2-4, or they may all be coupled to a common protective barrier(60) wall and appropriately sealed from contact with the liquid (30). Ithas been found that efficiency of aerosol (200) generation is enhancedby heating the liquid (30) to at least 20° F. above ambient, preferablyto at least about 80° F.; however the temperature may vary dependingupon the type of liquid (30) used. A heater element (150) is coupledwith a liquid supply sump (160) to control the temperature of the liquid(30). The aerosolized liquid (200) is delivered to the space to betreated via an exit orifice (170) of the aerosol generator (110) towhich suitable piping (not shown) may be attached for delivery. A blower(180), fan, or other source of pressurized air generates the air flownecessary to deliver the aerosol (200), all in a manner well-known inthe art.

According to an embodiment, the transducer(s) (10) and the protectivebarrier (60) may be sized to provide an optimized resonant frequencythat is operative when driven or operated at an operating frequency inthe range of about 0.5 MHz to about 2.5 MHz. This large range is due tothe appearance of two separate operating ranges that are apparentlyunique to the transducer assembly (100). For example, using atransducer(s) (10) having a resonant frequency of about 1.40 MHz toabout 1.48 MHz with a protective barrier (60) thickness of about 0.036inches, driven at an operating frequency ranging from about 1.78 MHz toabout 1.98 MHz will most commonly show a maximized aerosol (200) outputof at least about 1,000 ml per hour of the liquid (30). A secondeffective operating frequency with lower output is noted at about 1.2MHz. According to an embodiment, for certain applications where thevolume of the space to be treated is small, an output of at least 1,000ml/hr may not be necessary. In such a situation, the transducer(s) (10)may be operated or driven with various combinations of power or voltspeak to peak, and frequencies that result in the generation of loweraerosolized (200) liquid output. For example, in the treatment of aspace the size of about a small glove box or the like, an output of 10ml/hr or less may be adequate.

The apparatus and methods of the present invention may yield aerosol(200) droplets of various sizes. According to an embodiment, they mayyield aerosol (200) droplets with a defined size distribution of mostlyless than about one (1) microns in diameter, without being limited to amechanism it is believed this allows the droplets to behave more like agas with respect to Brownian movement and diffusion. The size of theaerosol (200) droplets may be adjusted upward or downward according tothe desired results. The small aerosol (200) droplet size enables thedrops to penetrate small cracks and crevices, and apply very thin filmson surfaces. In addition, the aerosol (200) may effectively reach anddisinfect areas of contamination and areas of otherwise limitedaccessibility. Any means to create an aerosol (200) with droplets lessthan about 10 microns in size could be used in the present invention.Larger particles will by their nature cause less penetration anddecrease the effectiveness for many but not all possible application.Thus, the present invention may generate predominantly submicron sizedroplets or sizes may be controlled for a desired result. According toan embodiment, the average particle size may range from less than onemicron to about 10 microns, preferably less than about 5 microns, morepreferably less than one micron, and even more preferably about 0.68microns.

According to an embodiment, multiple transducer(s) (10) are typicallyused to provide an output volume of aerosolized liquid (200) sufficientto rapidly treat a large enclosed space. In such a case, thetransducer(s) (10) may be mounted individually, or a plurality oftransducer(s) (10) may be coupled to a single protective barrier (60),with one or more of the protective barrier (60) being coupled, mountedon or in a reservoir (40), or positioned within a reservoir (40) with anappropriate coupling device. Multiple transducer(s) (10) may be coupledto a single protective barrier (60) at varying distances apart,preferably between at least about 0.25 inches apart, more preferablyabout 0.75 inches apart.

The present invention includes apparatuses and methods related to thegeneration and delivery or application of an aerosol (200) of liquid(30) that is created with ultrasound or piezoelectric transducers (10),for a wide range of uses including but not limited to: (a) thesanitization, disinfection, high-level disinfection, or sterilization ofone or more areas and the surfaces in those areas, (b) the delivery ofother types of liquid (30) in the form of an aerosol (200) for variouspurposes, such as, but not limited to, the application of pesticides,moisture, medication, particles, or nano sized or smaller machines, toone or more areas and surfaces within those area(s). The attributes ofthe area to which the aerosol (200) is delivered or applied can vary andcan include, but is not limited to: spaces that are open, enclosed,semi-enclosed, unsealed, sealed, or partially sealed. It is preferred,without limitation, that the area in which the aerosol is administeredin the present invention is enclosed and effectively sealed to preventthe leakage of the aerosol from the enclosed area. Referring initiallyto FIGS. 7-9, the apparatus (215) can be operated either outside,partially inside and partially outside, or within the area in which theaerosol is deployed or administered.

Preferably and without limitation, an aerosol (200) of a liquid is firstgenerated and/or administered in or into the intended or targeted area(210). This area can also, without limitation, contain one or moreobjects and surfaces. The aerosol (200) may have various massconcentrations, which is the mass of particulate matter in a unit volumeof aerosol. The number concentration of the aerosol (200) may also vary.The number concentration is the number of particles per unit volume ofaerosol. It is preferred without limitation, that the aerosol (200) hasa higher rather than lower mass concentration of droplets. It ispreferred without limitation, that the aerosol (200) has a higher ratherthan lower number concentration of droplets. The aerosol (200) dropletsmay be of various sizes. The aerosol may be created from any liquidcontaining one or more chemical(s) of any kind, or a combination ofliquids each containing one or more of any kind of chemical(s).

According to an embodiment, it is preferred, without limitation, thatthe aerosol (200) is a ten micron to submicron size droplet. The fog oraerosol can, without limitation, consist substantially of submicronaerosolized droplets. The fog or aerosol can, without limitation, havecharacteristics that include but are not limited to (1) a fasteranti-pathogen, toxin, fungal, sterilization, disinfection, or sporicidaleffect than the non-aerosolized liquid; (2) the ability to penetrate anddisinfect, high-level disinfect or sterilize, areas and surfaces whereaerosols comprised of droplets greater than two microns may not work;(3) resists coalescence and condensation typical of larger sizedroplets; and/or (4) dense packing of small particles provides anunprecedented droplet surface area per volume of gas.

The apparatus and methods described in the present invention can pertainto any aerosol generator or aerosol generator that uses ultrasound orpiezoelectric transducers (10). They may also pertain to an aerosolproducing apparatus as described in the present invention, including thespecifics of the present invention hereto mentioned. This apparatus isfurther described with the attributes discussed below. Referring toFIGS. 11-13, 16-32 and 35-36, which shows the preferred apparatus (215)in the present invention, the apparatus (215) generates aerosol (200) byoperating one or more piezoelectric transducers (10), in parallel orseries. One or more amplifiers (230) may be used. It is preferred,without limitation, that the transducer(s) (10) receive signal or powerfrom at least one amplifier(s) (230), and that multiple transducers areoperated in parallel. One or more transducers (10) are located under thesurface of the liquid (30) in one or more reservoirs, chambers, basins,or tanks (40) (herein referred to as reservoir(s)) at an effective depthand orientation. The reservoir(s) (40) may be made from any materialthat is compatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30). Theaerosol (200) generated by operation of the transducer(s) (10) formsabove the surface of the liquid (30) in the reservoir(s) (40) and may betransferred from the reservoir(s) (40) to one or more targeted area(s)or chamber(s) by one or more fan(s) or blower(s) or other source ofpressurized air or gas (herein referred to as blower(s)) (180).

The air and aerosol (200) can, without limitation, flow from the aerosolgenerator (110) to the one or more targeted area(s) (210) through one ormore pipe(s) (220). It is preferred, without limitation, that only onereservoir (40) in which the transducer(s) are located is utilized in theapparatus (215) of the present invention. The reservoir(s) (40) can be,without limitation, unenclosed, semi-enclosed, or enclosed. It ispreferred, without limitation that an enclosed reservoir(s) is utilized,and is built in a manner known in the art so that air from a fan orblower can flow through it and carry the generated aerosol out of thereservoir and away from the apparatus (215).

The air and aerosol can flow through a zig-zag path or be directedaround one or more baffle plates (250), positioned anywhere in the pathof the air/aerosol as it moves from the reservoirs in which thetransducers are located to the exterior of the apparatus (215). The useof the aforementioned baffle plate(s) is taught at (col. 4, line 18-22)of U.S. Pat. No. 4,366,125 (Kodera et al., 1980), which is incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety, including any references citedtherein.

If needed or desired, the apparatus (215) in the present invention canbe connected in a closed loop or system as shown in FIG. 9, to thetargeted area(s) or chamber(s) (210), as taught at (pg. 3 col. 23-34) ofG.B. Patent No. 1,128,245, (Rosdahl et al., 1968), which is incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety, including any references citedtherein. The air and aerosol (200) discharged from the apparatus (215)in the present invention, can be delivered with one or more pipe(s) orconduit(s) (220). The air and aerosol (200) may also be recirculatedthrough one or more return pipe(s) or conduit(s) (240) from the targetedarea(s) or chamber(s) (210), back to the air/gas intake(s) (255) for thefan(s) or blower(s) (180). Throughout the present invention, the terms“pipe”, “pipes”, or “piping” includes pipes, ducts, conduits, tunnels,and the like. In addition, the aforementioned closed loop or system canhave, without limitation, one or more air/gas valve(s) (260) that canallow non-filtered or filtered inbound air/gas into the said closed loopor system, as well as one or more air/gas valve(s) (265) that can allownon-filtered or filtered inbound air/gas out of the said closed loop orsystem. The air/gas that is supplied via the inbound air/gas valve(s)(260) can be supplied, without limitation, from the atmospheresurrounding the apparatus (215) and the air/gas that passes through theoutbound air/gas valve can be, without limitation, vented into theatmosphere surrounding the apparatus (215). The filter(s) (265) can beor consist of any filter design, material, or other effective means forthe intended application. The filter or its application can include,without limitation, what is taught in U.S. Pat. No. 4,512,951 (Koubek etal., 1983), and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety,including any references cited therein. The said air/gas valves (260) or(265) can, without limitation, be electronically or electrically openedand closed in a manner known to those skilled in the art, and can bepositioned or interfaced in numerous places in the closed loop orsystem. The outbound air or aerosol can, without limitation, be filteredwith one or more filters (270) to prevent any employees or operatorsfrom being exposed to any vented aerosol, and to comply with any workersafety or environmental safety guidelines or regulations.

The liquid capacity of the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s)(10) are located can vary, but the liquid level is at least at asuitable depth or level so that the transducer(s) (10) can effectivelyand safely operate. The reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s)(10) are located is connected to one or more tanks(s) (280) that areconnected and feed liquid to the reservoir(s) (40). The tank(s) (280)that feeds or supplies the liquid (30) can be of any size, geometry,shape, and capacity, and may be made from any material that iscompatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30). The tank(s) (280)may be non-ventilated, or ventilated in one or more places in a way knowto those skilled in the art, and the means to ventilate the tank(s)(280) can incorporate a suitable filter. The filter(s) are any suitablefilter for the intended application, and are known to those skilled inthe art. It is preferred, without limitation, that the apparatus (215)in the present invention has only one tank (280) that feeds or suppliesliquid to the reservoir (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) arelocated. However, a means known to those skilled in the art can beprovided so that additional tanks (280) can be attached to or interfacedwith the apparatus (215) and feed liquid to either the main feed orsupply tank (280) or the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10)are located.

The one or more tank(s) (280), that feeds or supplies the liquid (30) tothe reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located, canbe filled in various ways, including, but not limited to, directlypouring a liquid that is either mixed or unmixed into one or more feedinterface(s) (285) or pipe(s) (295) that are connected to the saidtank(s) (280). Without limitation, the feed interface(s) (285) orpipe(s) (295) orifices can have: (a) a funnel or be shaped like a funnelto make pouring the liquid (30) into the feed interface(s) (285) orpipe(s) orifices (295) easier, (b) a tray or bowl located under oraround the outer edges of the feed interface(s) (285) or pipe(s)orifices (295) to catch any spilled liquid (30) in a manner known in theart. Without limitation, the apparatus (215) in the present inventioncan also be designed and constructed, in a manner that is known to thoseskilled in the art, so that it can interface with one or more disposableor reusable containers or cartridges (herein referred to as “cartridge”,“cartridges”, or “cartridge(s)”) (290) used to supply, fill, or refillthe apparatus (215) with liquid (30). Without being limited, thecartridges (290) and apparatus (215) can be designed in a manner knownin the art, so that only unique, special, or proprietary cartridges(290) may be used. The means to interface the cartridge(s)s with theapparatus (215) so that the liquid is effectively and safely transferredfrom the cartridges (290) into the said reservoir(s) (40), is known tothose skilled in the art.

The reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located canalso have one or more valves (300) that can, without limitation, controlthe flow of liquid (30) from the tank(s) (280) that feed or supply thesaid reservoir(s) (40). Without limitation, the valve(s) (300) can beconnected to one or more sensor(s) (305) or PLC(s) (315) which are knownto those skilled in the art, that can cause the valve(s) (300) to closeor open and allow liquid (30) to flow into the reservoir(s) (40) inwhich the transducer(s) (10) are located when the liquid (30) level ordepth in the reservoir(s) (40) reaches a specified level. The depth orlevel of the liquid (30) causing the valve (300) to open can vary. Thesensor (305) can include, but is not limited to a float switch. Thevalve (300) can include, but is not limited to, a solenoid valve.However, it is preferred in the present invention that at least onefloat-valve is used, which consists of a valve (300) that ismechanically or electrically opened or closed by the movement of a floatwhich acts as the sensor (305).

The reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located, canhave one or more float switch(s) or other sensor(s) (305) that can causethe apparatus (215), the PLC, (315), HMI (320), or any other parts orcomponents, to enter a fault/error mode or completely shut down if thedepth of the liquid (30) exceeds a certain specified depth or level. Thefloat switch or other sensor(s) (305) is actuated and communicates or isconnected to suitable circuitry, all in a way known to those skilled inthe art, to cause the apparatus (215), the PLC, (315), HMI (320), or anyother parts or components to shut down or enter a fault or error modewhen the depth or level of liquid (30) exceeds a specified depth. Thepositioning of the float switch(s) or other sensor(s) (305) can varyinside the reservoir(s) (40). It is preferred in the present inventionthat at least one float switch (305) is utilized for this purpose.

A float switch or other liquid level sensor(s) (305) can also be used todetect and communicate or is connected to suitable circuitry, all in away known to those skilled in the art, to cause the apparatus (215), thePLC, (315), HMI (320), or any other parts or components to shut down orenter a fault or error mode when the depth or level of liquid (30) dropsbelow a certain point or depth in the reservoir(s) (40) in which thetransducer(s) (10) are located. This can, without limitation, preventthe liquid (30) in the reservoir(s) (40) from dropping to an ineffectiveor unsafe depth or level. This condition may occur from situationsincluding, but not limited to, a valve (300) that is stuck closed from atank (280) that supplies the liquid, or a leaking tank. The positioningof the float switch(s) or other sensor(s) (305) can vary inside thereservoir(s) (40). It is preferred in the present invention that atleast one float switch or liquid level sensor (305) is utilized for thispurpose.

The fan or blower (180), or other source of pressurized air or gas, mayalso be constructed from any suitable material that is not affected bythe chemical action of the liquid (30). Suitable materials may includePVC, polypropylene, and stainless steel, but other suitable materialsmay also be used. The blower(s) can either push or pull the air or gas,as well as aerosol, through, or across, the chamber, reservoir, or otherarea in which the aerosol is generated to remove it from the apparatus(215). The blower(s) (180) or other source of pressurized air or gas canmove any quantity of air at any speed sufficient for the intendedapplication. The blower(s) (180) can also be chosen, without limitation,to meet the following variables that include, but are not limited to:(a) the quantity of aerosol that is being generated, (b) the amount ofsurface disruption that it might create and its effect on aerosolproduction, (c) the desired quantity of aerosol that is evacuated fromthe apparatus (215), (d) the geometry and volume of the targeted area,(e) the geometry and volume of any conduit or piping that may be used todeliver the aerosol, (f) the manner and effectiveness in which thetargeted area is sealed, (g) and uniformity of the aerosol (200)deployment or administration in or into the targeted area. Withoutlimitation, the blower(s) (180) can be controlled by the PLC (315) in amanner known in the art.

Certain applications will require lower airflows, while otherapplications will require higher airflows. It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the blower (180) used in the present invention is acentrifugal fan or blower and that it is constructed using polypropylenefor a housing and impeller, and 316L stainless steel for its driveshaft. It is further preferred, without limitation, that the fan orblower (180) pushes air/gas and aerosol out of the chamber, reservoir,or other area in which the aerosol is generated. The housing orenclosure for the blower(s) (180) can be plumbed to remove any excessliquid that may collect as the blower is operated. It is preferred,without limitation, that the housing or enclosure for the blower(s)(180) is plumbed in the present invention.

According to the prior art established by U.S. Pat. No. 4,366,125(Kodera et al., 1980), and the book titled, “Aerosol Technology” byWilliam C. Hinds (1982), the liquid (30) utilized in the presentinvention can be heated by using three different means, or a combinationof one or more of the three different means. First, the liquid (30) canbe heated inside the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10) arelocated, by utilizing one or more means to provide heat (150) that iseither in direct contact with the liquid or interface with the walls ofthe reservoir(s) (40), or both. Second, the liquid (30) in thereservoir(s) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located can also beheated by circulating it through one or more means to heat (310) theliquid, and back into the reservoir(s) (40). Third, the liquid can beheated as it flows from one or more tank(s) (280), that feeds orsupplies the liquid (30) to the reservoir(s) (40) in which thetransducers (10) are located.

In addition, and without limitation, the one or more valves (300) thatcontrol the flow of the liquid (30) can be electrically orelectronically signaled to open, close, or semi-open, in a manner knownin the art. A pump or other means (130) can move the liquid (30)intermittently or can continuously circulate the liquid (30) from thereservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10) are located, back to theaforementioned tank(s) that feeds or supplies the liquid (30) to thereservoir(s) (40). Without being limited, the valves (300) in thissituation can be maintained in a semi-open or open position unlesssignaled or caused by some other means including, but not limited to, anelectrical signal from an electronic controller or programmable logiccircuit (315), to close, for various reasons including, but not limitedto, a pump (130) failure that would cause the reservoir(s) (40) in whichthe transducers (10) are located to overflow.

It is preferred, without limitation, that one or more means (150) forheating the liquid (30) is located inside or partially inside thereservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10) are located, and isinstalled into or interfaced with the said reservoir(s) (40) in a waythat is known to those skilled in the art. It is further preferred,without limitation, that the said means for heating (150) the liquid(30) is a cartridge heater.

The three aforementioned means to heat the liquid (30) are known tothose skilled in the art, and are sufficiently designed and built fortheir intended purpose, and may be constructed from any material that iscompatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30). Properly heatingthe liquid (30) to the desired, or efficacious temperature can involveissues such as, but not limited to, the type of heater(s) that would beeffective, the number of heater(s) used, the heat output of each heater,the duration and timing of operation for each heater, the intensity ofthe heat generated, the materials of construction, and are known tothose skilled in the art. In addition, the pump or other means (130)used to circulate the liquid (30) provides the necessary flow rate orpumping capacity, which can vary, for the intended application and maybe constructed from any material that is compatible, and suitable foruse with the liquid (30).

As best shown in FIG. 10, the apparatus (215) in the present inventioncan be controlled, without limitation, by one or more programmable logiccircuit(s) (PLC) or other suitable circuitry, computer, electricalsystem, or electronics (herein called “PLC or PLC(s)”) (315), andrelated software and program(s), known to those skilled in the art.Without limitation, one or more human machine interface(s) (HMI),screen, or other means to interact with the operator (herein called “HMIor HMI(s)”) (320), and related software and program(s), known to thoseskilled in the art, can be used, without limitation, to conveyinformation as well as allow the operator to set parameters or entercommands. The PLC (315) and HMI (320) can be configured or programmed toenable the operator to, without limitation, enter information into theHMI (320) or PLC (315), program the HMI (320) or PLC (315), or executecommand(s). The HMI (320) or PLC (315) can also provide a means, withoutlimitation, for the operator to choose a specific volume or area for theapparatus (215) to administer or deploy the generated aerosol, or choosea specific aerosol deployment time. The HMI (320) or PLC (315) can beprogrammed to associate one or more values for volumes or areas chosenby the operator with specific aerosol deployment time(s). The menus,software, and programming for the HMI (320) or PLC (315) can becustomized for each customer's needs and may include, withoutlimitation, providing the operator with one or more menus that presentsa plurality of room numbers or other attributes that the operator canchoose, and each room number or attribute is associated with operationalparameters and variables such as, but not limited to, liquidtemperature(s), volume of the room or targeted area, and the total cycletime that the apparatus (215) would need to operate in order toefficaciously and effectively deploy the aerosol into the chosen room ortargeted area. In addition, and without limitation, the HMI (320) or PLC(315) can have a provision in its program(s) or software to change theoperational parameters that effect the performance of the apparatus(215) or process due to temperature and humidity values that are eitherreported to the HMI (320) or PLC (315) by the operator or by automatedmeans known to those skilled in the art. The PLC (315) can, withoutlimitation, include any PID, PID tuning, or PID auto tuning, functions,attributes, or activities. The PLC (315) can, without limitation,control and maintain the temperature of any liquid (30) to any desiredor necessary temperature in any reservoir(s), including, but not limitedto, the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10) are located.Without limitation, the PLC (315) can control liquid (30) temperature,by controlling one or more part(s) and component(s) of the apparatus(215) such as, but not limited to any: (a) blower(s), (b) valve(s), (c)heater(s), (d) pump(s), (e) amplifier(s) or other means to power orcontrol the transducer(s) (10), or (f) any means used to cool the liquid(30). Without limitation, the PLC (315) can control liquid (30)temperature, by controlling or communicating with one or more part(s)and component(s) of the apparatus (215) such as, but not limited to any:(a) any thermostat or temperature controlling device (b) blower(s), (c)valve(s), (d) heater(s), (e) pump(s), (f) amplifier(s) or other means topower or control the transducer(s) (10), or (g) any means used to coolthe liquid (30).

The PLC (315) can also, without limitation, send or receive or detectany signal, current, or other modes of communication, or their absence,from various components or parts of the apparatus (215) or components orparts related to effective operation of the apparatus (215). Thesesignals, current, or other modes of communication, or their absence, canwithout limitation, be used by the PLC (315) to, control the apparatus(215) or its components and functions, or monitor the function or statusof components or parts of the apparatus (215). Without limitation, thesignals, current, or other modes of communication, or their absence,sent by the PLC or to the PLC, can result from the direct or indirectconnection and communication of the PLC (315) with components such as,but not limited to, any: (a) current sensor(s) (325), (b) liquid levelsensor(s) (305), (c) electronics that power, operate, or control, thetransducer(s) (10) (herein referred to as “drive electronics”) (645),(d) air/gas temperature sensing thermocouple(s) (650) or other means tosense air/gas temperature, (e) liquid temperature sensingthermocouple(s) (820) or other means to sense liquid temperature, (f)humidity sensor(s) (335), (g) valve(s) (300) (660) that control the flowof liquid, (h) valve(s) (260) (265) (210) (815) (775) that control theflow of any air/gas or aerosol that can flow into or out of a targetedarea, (i) wireless transceiver(s) (340) or other signaltransmitter(s)/receiver(s).

One or more air/gas temperature sensor(s) (650) can be placed in variouslocations inside or outside of the apparatus(s) (215). It is preferred,without limitation, that at least one air/gas temperature sensor ispositioned in any enclosure or NEMA or IP rated sealed enclosure (345)that has the potential for its internal atmosphere (740) to increase intemperature due to the operation of the apparatus(s) (215). The PLC(s)(315) can, without limitation, use the input from any sensors including,but not limited to, liquid temperature, air/gas temperature, or anyother temperature sensor(s), to control activities such as, but notlimited to, heating of any liquid and any related activities (30),cooling of any liquid and any related activities (30), or cooling of anypart(s), component(s), or atmosphere(s) (740) in any enclosed space(s)found in the apparatus(s) (215) and any related activities. Any valve(s)utilized in the present invention can also, without limitation, bemanually controlled and operated, or electronically controlled andoperated by one or more PLC(s) (315) in a manner known to those skilledin the art. It is preferred, without limitation, that any electricallyor electronically controlled valve(s) that can be utilized for variouspurposes and at various locations, are solenoid valve(s).

The drive electronics (645) can include, but is not limited to, thefollowing parts or components: (a) one or more power supply(s), (b) oneor more signal or waveform generator(s) (herein referred to as “signalgenerator(s)”) (c) one or more amplifier(s), or (d) other electronicequipment, components, parts, and methods for operating or driving thetransducer(s) (10) known in the art may also be used. In addition, oneor more sensors or means (1045) for determining the liquid level or theamount of liquid in the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10)are located or in the tank(s) (280) that feeds or supplies liquid (30)to the said reservoir(s) (40), can also be connected or communicate withthe PLC (315), in a manner known in the art, and can enable the PLC(315) to determine if a sufficient quantity of liquid is available forany application time or volume of space chosen by the operator.

More specifically, the various signals, current, or other modes ofcommunication, or their absence, received or detected by the PLC (315)can be used, without limitation to determine if the apparatus isfunctioning or operating within acceptable operational parameters. Ifthe apparatus (215) is not operating within acceptable operationalparameters, the PLC (315) can shut down, without limitation, the aerosolgeneration activity, any blower(s) (180), any means to heat the liquid(30), any means to cool the liquid (30), or any fluid pumps (130). ThePLC (315) can also cause the apparatus (215) to shut down and enter afault or error mode if the apparatus (215) is not functioning oroperating within acceptable parameters. These can include, withoutlimitation, the apparatus (215) shutting down all components anddisplaying a fault or error message on the HMI (320) communicating thesource of the fault or error. Faults or errors can result from sourcesor situations including, but not limited to, insufficient liquid (30)availability to start or complete a cycle, failure to heat the liquid(30) to effective temperatures, overheating of the liquid (30) orcomponents, failure of one or more components evidenced by the lack ofcurrent detected by a current sensor, under filling or over filling ofthe tank(s) (280) or reservoir(s) (40), failure of any drive electronics(645), failure of a transceiver(s) (340). If the apparatus (215) is notfunctioning or operating within acceptable operational parameters, thePLC (315) can also cause the apparatus (215) to emit an audible as wellas visual warning. Without limitation, an audible as well as visualsignal can also be communicated to the operator after the apparatus(215) has successfully completed administering the aerosol. The HMI(320) can be located inside, outside, or partially inside and outside ofthe apparatus (215).

At the end of the operational cycle, or upon a premature shut down ofthe apparatus (215) due to a failure of the apparatus (215) to functionor operate within acceptable operational parameters, the apparatus (215)can create a record or report that can include, but is not limited to,whether or not there were any faults or errors during operation, thesource of any faults or errors if they transpired, the lowest andhighest recorded liquid (30) temperature that is in the reservoir(s)(40), the total time the aerosol was administered, the date and time thecycle was started, the date and time the cycle was completed, the roomnumber or name if applicable, operator descriptor. The record or reportmay be stored, without limitation, in the memory of the PLC (315) or HMI(320), or on removable memory media, or other means known to thoseskilled in the art. The record or data may also be made available forprinting or download via a USB port or other means known to thoseskilled in the art.

The PLC (315) can, without limitation, operate, energize, shut down,suspend, idle, or deactivate, one or more parts or components including,but not limited to any, (a) heater(s), (b) pump(s), (c) transceiver(s),(d) blower(s), (e) valve(s), (f) HMI(s), or (g) drive electronics,numerous times of various duration during the operation of the apparatus(215). This is particularly useful in situations that include, but arenot limited to: (a) an insufficient amount of power is available to theapparatus(s) (215) to operate one or more of its parts or componentssimultaneously, necessitating that one or more parts and components suchas, but not limited to, the blower(s) (180) and/or drive electronics(645) are temporarily idled, shut down, turned off, or suspended, toprovide or make sufficient power available to the heater(s) (150) or(310), or other parts and components, (b) an insufficient amount ofpower is available to the apparatus(s) (215) to operate one or more ofits parts or components simultaneously, necessitating that one or moreparts and components such as, but not limited to, the heater(s) (150) or(310) is temporarily idled, shut down, turned off, or suspended, toprovide or make sufficient power available to the drive electronics(645), or other parts or components.

The apparatus (215) can be designed, without limitation, so that all ofthe components or parts are mounted inside the skin or covering of themachine. For applications where the apparatus (215) is operated fromwithin the area in which the aerosol is deployed or administered, thecomponents or parts can be housed inside a suitable and effective NEMAor IP rated enclosure (345) that can keep any liquid, aerosol, orhumidity from reaching or contacting any parts or components, and isaccomplished in a manner known to those skilled in the art. Thecomponents can be independently or collectively housed in theaforementioned enclosure(s). The exterior or outside walls (755) (theterm “wall(s)” can also refer to ceilings and floors in the presentinvention) of the apparatus (215) can, without limitation, form the NEMAor IP rated enclosure.

The apparatus (215) can, without limitation, be designed so that it canbe mobile and easy to move. Without being limited, the apparatus (215)can have features including, but not limited to, a robust frame, robustwheels, bumpers, multiple grab and hoist points, and other designfeatures known to those skilled in the art for designing a mobileapparatus (215) that can be of variable weight and size. The apparatus(215) may be constructed from any material that is compatible, andsuitable for use with the liquid (30).

Without limitation, the administered or applied aerosol (200) can beremoved from the area(s) in which it is applied during or after theapplication of the aerosol and can be accomplished with various meansknow to those skilled in the art. It is preferred, without limitation,that one or more ventilation or exhaust blower(s) (350) be used to pullor push air or gas and aerosol (200) out of the area(s) (210) in whichthe aerosol is administered or deployed. The said ventilation or exhaustblower(s) (350) can be controlled with one or more PLC(s) either notconnected or connected directly or indirectly to the PLC(s) (315) of theapparatus of the present invention. The ventilation or exhaust blower(s)(350) can move any quantity of air/gas at any speed, but should haveeffective attributes and design for the intended application, all whichis known by those skilled in the art. Anything that is removed from thearea(s) (210) with the ventilation or exhaust blower(s) (350) can bedone so in a manner known to those skilled in the art.

The ventilation or exhaust blower(s) (350) can also be used to bringfresh air into the area(s) in which the aerosol is applied either duringor after the administration or deployment of the aerosol. The air or gasthat is either removed or brought into the process area(s) can beaccomplished in a manner known to those skilled in the art. Theblower(s) (350) and related parts may be constructed from any materialthat is compatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30).

The liquid (30) in any tank(s) or reservoir(s) (40) can be removed fromthe apparatus via one or more drain (655) in a manner known in the art.The movement of any liquid (30) out of the apparatus (215) can becontrolled with one or more valve(s) (660). It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the valve(s) (660) is a solenoid valve and cancommunicate or send signal to one or more PLC(s) (315).

According to an embodiment, the apparatus is designed and constructed sothat the aerosol producing transducer(s) (10) and/or their liquid facingsurfaces or the surfaces from which there is aerosol-producing output,are able to match the angle of or remain level or parallel with, thesurface of the liquid (30) above them. This is made possible by meansincluding, but not limited to, a float assembly that holds, houses, orotherwise positions the transducers, and a gimbaled or articulating armor holding assembly, as best shown in FIGS. 16-32. This embodiment isimportant for reasons including, but not limited to, the need to coverthe transducers (10) with an effective amount or depth of liquid (30) toprevent the transducers (10) from being damaged due to being coveredwith an insufficient amount or depth of liquid (30), or to prevent thetransducers (10) from being damaged by being operated without liquidabove them. (30). This embodiment permits the present invention to beoperated on or interfaced with surfaces that are without limitation,flat, semi-angled, angled, sloped, not sloped, or have variousorientations. This embodiment does not claim, or attempt to claim,leveling the apparatus (215) by utilizing height adjustable legs orwheels that extend from the apparatus (215) and interface with afloor(s), a table top(s), or other surface(s) on which the apparatus(215) is placed or otherwise resting on, since this feature is taught in(col. 8, line 42-51) by U.S. Pat. No. 5,878,355 (Berg et al. 1996), andin (col. 8, line 50-58) by U.S. Pat. No. 6,102,992 (Berg et al. 1998).This embodiment includes interfacing, connecting, positioning, placing,or mounting, the transducers (10) to a means, or a material or objectthat is connected to a means, that can enable the transducer(s) (10)and/or their liquid facing surfaces or the surfaces from which there isaerosol-producing output, to match the angle of or remain aligned,level, or parallel with, the surface of the liquid (30) above them.

The first aspect of this embodiment includes, without limitation,mounting, interfacing, or connecting the aerosol generating transducers(10) to a reservoir (40) or into a reservoir (40), or to a means suchas, but not limited to, one or more float(s) or float assembly(s)positioned or located in a reservoir (40), and the transducers (10) orreservoir(s) (40) is interfaced, connected, positioned, placed, ormounted, to a means (355), or a material or object that is connected toa means, that can enable the transducer(s) (10) and/or their liquid (30)facing surfaces or the surfaces from which there is aerosol (200)producing output, to match the angle of or remain aligned, level, orparallel with, the surface of the liquid (30) above them. The said meanscan include, but is not limited to, a ball joint, gimbal, or other meansknown to those skilled in the art. The components are designed andassembled in a manner known to those skilled in the art, but at least,without limitation, addresses design and assembly issues such thatdesign considerations or variables like center of gravity and balance ofthe total system are sufficiently addressed and results in an effectiveapparatus (215). The transducers (10) in this first aspect can be,without limitation, mounted or interfaced with the reservoir(s) (40)through openings in the reservoir(s) in a way that is known to thoseskilled in the art, or they can be mounted, interfaced, or connected tothe reservoir(s) either inside or outside of the reservoir. Withoutlimitation, the reservoir(s) (40) can be fixed in position, freefloated, or allowed to freely move. Without limitation, the reservoir(s)(40) can be enclosed, not enclosed, or semi-enclosed, so that air/gascan flow through it and carry the generated aerosol (200) away from theapparatus (215). The said means can also include, but is not limited to,hanging or suspending the entire nebulizing apparatus(s), or at leastone or more of the reservoirs (40) in which the aerosol (200) isgenerated, from any means that would allow them to be freely hung orsuspended in air or in a liquid, and have an effective free range ofmotion so that the transducer(s) (10) are covered with a sufficient oreffective amount of liquid (30). It is preferred, without limitation,that if more than one transducer (10) is utilized, they are not onlyeffectively covered with liquid, but that they are covered with an equaldepth or amount of liquid (30). This may, without limitation, includesuspending or hanging the entire nebulizing apparatus(s) or one or moreof the reservoir(s) (40) in which the aerosol (200) is generated, fromone or more of any pivot point, swivel, ball joint, gimbal, or othermeans known to those skilled in the art (1200), as shown in FIG. 51. Theone or more attachment points that enable the entire nebulizingapparatus(s), reservoir(s), or chambers to be suspended or hung, areeffectively positioned. The means to hang (1200) the reservoir(s) (40)or chambers may also, without limitation, attach to one or more of anypivot point, swivel, ball joint, gimbal, or other similar means known tothose skilled in the art (1225), that may also be effectively connectedor otherwise directly or indirectly attached to the entire nebulizingapparatus(s), or reservoir(s) (40). The nebulizing apparatus(s),reservoir(s) (40), or any related parts or components in the presentinvention may be attached to any material or components including, butnot limited to, wiring, tubing, piping, or conduits, and they may be,without limitation, flexible. They may also, without limitation, havesufficient flexibility to enable the entire nebulizing apparatus(s) orreservoir(s) (40) to freely hang, suspend, or have an effective freerange of motion.

The second aspect of this embodiment includes, without limitation,placing one or more reservoir(s) (herein referred to as “secondaryreservoir(s)”) (360) inside of another reservoir(s) (herein referred toas “primary reservoir(s)”) (40). Transducer(s) (10) are mounted orinterfaced to or with the secondary reservoir(s) (360) in a way that iseffective and is known in the art, or they can be mounted, interfaced,or connected to the secondary reservoir(s) (360) either inside oroutside of that reservoir(s) (360), in a way that is effective and knownto those skilled in the art. The secondary reservoir(s) (360) may alsobe interfaced, connected, positioned, placed, or mounted, to a means(355), or a material or object that is connected to a means, that canenable the transducer(s) (10) and/or their liquid facing surfaces or thesurfaces from which there is aerosol (200) producing output, to matchthe angle of or remain aligned, level, or parallel with, the surface ofthe liquid (30) above them. The said means can include, but is notlimited to a spherical ball joint or gimbal. Without limitation, thesecondary reservoir(s) (40) can be free floated or allowed to freelymove. Again, the components are designed and assembled in a manner knownto those skilled in the art, but at least, without limitation, addressesdesign and assembly issues such that the center of gravity and balanceof the total system are effectively or sufficiently accommodated.

Liquid (30) from the primary reservoir(s) (40) may be pumped into thesecondary reservoir(s) (360) in various ways and fill the secondaryreservoir(s) (360) so that it an effective depth or amount of liquid(30) is maintained. The walls (365) of the secondary reservoir(s) (360)can be of various heights, including, but not limited to, a height thatallows the liquid (30) in the secondary reservoir(s) (360) to attain atleast an effective depth. More specifically, the effective liquid (30)depth in the secondary reservoir(s) (360) may be attained by meansincluding, but not limited to, positioning one or more openings ornotches in the walls (365) of the secondary reservoir(s) (360) so that asufficient amount of liquid (30) is able to drain out into the primaryreservoir(s) (40) to maintain an effective depth of liquid in thesecondary reservoir(s) (360). However, it is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the walls (365) of the secondary reservoir(s) (360) areof a height so that the liquid (30) crests and spills over the walls(365) and back into the primary reservoir(s) (40), to ensure that aneffective depth of liquid (30) is maintained. The height of the walls(365) of the secondary reservoir(s) (360) can also be adjusted tocompensate for any drain holes that may be present to ensure that thesecondary reservoir(s) (360) may effectively drain into the primaryreservoir(s) (40) once the apparatus (215) has shut down.

Without limitation, the secondary reservoir(s) (360) can be designed sothat a hermitically sealed area or compartment(s) (370) with asufficient airspace known to those skilled in the art, can connect to oris extended from at least the floor or bottom of the secondaryreservoir(s) (360), or even its walls (365), to facilitate the mountingor interface of the transducers (10) and provide an environment wherethe transducers (10) can safely and effectively operate. Withoutlimitation, the hermitically sealed compartment(s) (370) can extend withflexible wall material and interface with the floor, bottom, or wall(s),of the primary reservoir(s) (40), or even extend through the floor,bottom, or wall(s), of the primary reservoir(s) (40). The flexible wallmaterial is sufficiently flexible to allow the secondary reservoir(s)(360) to effectively move. However, it is preferred without limitationthat flexible tubing (375) connect the aforementioned hermiticallysealed compartment(s) (370) with any airspace in which the driveelectronics (645) or amplifier(s) (230) is located. Wiring from thedrive electronics (645) or amplifier(s) (230) can travel through thistubing to the transducer(s) (10). The secondary reservoir(s) (360) andrelated components, hermitically sealed area(s) or compartment(s) (370),flexible wall material, and tubing, are constructed from any materialthat is compatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30). Thesecondary reservoir(s) (360) can also have sensor(s) to determine if theliquid (30) is either above or below what is desired or needed. Inaddition, any reference made in the present invention, to anyreservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located, can alsoapply to the reservoir(s) (360) and (40) referenced in this secondaspect of the embodiment.

The third aspect of this embodiment is preferred, and it includes,without limitation, locating or suspending one or more transducer(s)(10), their wiring, and housing(s) (20), where the housing (20) can beshared or used independently with the one or more transducer(s) (10),with the transducer(s) (10) being independently, interchangeably orcollectively mounted to the housing (20), and other associatedcircuitry, parts and components, (herein referred to as “transducerassembly(s)”) (100), at an effective orientation, depth, or distancebelow the surface of the liquid (30) in the reservoir(s) (40) duringtheir operation. The transducer(s) (10) are a part of the transducerassembly(s) (100) and the transducer assembly(s) (100) may consist ofone or more transducers (10). The transducer assembly(s) (100) consistsof one or more transducer(s) (10) and their related parts, which arehermitically sealed in a housing (100). One or more transducers (10) andits associated parts may be located in or with a housing (20). There arenumerous ways to effectively locate, position, or suspend the transducerassembly(s) (100) in the liquid (30) and includes, but is not limited tolocating or suspending the transducer assembly(s) (100) at an effectivedistance, range, or depth, below the surface of the liquid (30), fromone or more, wire(s), cable(s), tube(s), conduit(s), beam(s), or othermeans, that interfaces with or is attached to various locations,including, but not limited to, the walls or roof of the reservoir(s)(40), or secondary reservoir(s) (360) if it is used, or the walls orroof of the targeted area or sterilization chamber (210). The wire(s)(385) that connects from the transducer(s) (10) or transducerassembly(s) (100) to any drive electronics (645) or amplifier(s) (230)that sends signal to or operates the transducer(s) (10), can be, withoutlimitation, protected from the liquid (30) or aerosol (200) in variousways including, but not limited to, placing, positioning, or running thewire(s) (385) inside or through tubing, pipes, conduit, beams, or othermeans to contain or embed the wire(s) (375) (herein referred to as“tubing”), and keep the wire(s) (385) separated from any aerosol (200)or any liquid (30). The tubing (375) may be constructed from anymaterial that is compatible and suitable for use with the liquid (30).The wire(s) (385) may also be constructed from any material that iscompatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30). It is even morepreferred that flexible tubing (375) connect the hermitically sealedtransducer assembly(s) (100) with any airspace, that is hermitically ornot hermitically sealed, in which the drive electronics (645) oramplifier(s) (230) is located. The flexible tubing (375) can also,without limitation, connect the environments of the transducerassembly(s) (100) and the drive electronics (645) or amplifier(s) (230)in a manner that is effective and safe, and known to those skilled inthe art.

It is also preferred, without limitation, that the said tubing (375) orwire(s) (385) can connect with a suitable, effective, and usable,interface at various locations underneath the transducer assembly(s)(100). The wire(s) (385) and tubing (375) can also connect at otherlocations of the transducer assembly(s) (100) and in various ways knownto those skilled in the art. It is further preferred that the wire(s)(385) or tubing (375) connects or interfaces with the underside of thetransducer assembly(s) (100) with a watertight seal in a manner known tothose skilled in the art. The wire(s) (385) or tubing (375) and wire(s)(385) can then travel through the wall(s) of the transducers assembly(s)(100) into its interior and connect to the transducer(s) (10). Withoutlimitation, any clamp (390) made of a material that is compatible withthe liquid (30), can help to create an effective seal between the tubing(375), and the housing (20) or transducer assembly(s) (100). It is evenfurther preferred, without limitation, that the interface of the wire(s)(385) or tubing (375) with the transducer assembly(s) (100) iseffectively or hermitically sealed from at least the inside of thetransducer assembly(s) (100) with a means that includes, but is notlimited to any, caulk, glue, sealant, or other means known to thoseskilled in the art, that is compatible and suitable for use with theliquid (30).

It is also preferred, without limitation, that the transducer(s) (10) ortransducer assembly(s) (100), is located or suspended at an effectivedistance, range, or depth, below the surface of the liquid (30) by beingdirectly or indirectly attached to or suspended from, withoutlimitation, one or more buoyant object(s) (400), an interconnection orsystem of buoyant object(s) (400), or one or more components or partsthat are connected or interconnected to one or more buoyant object(s)(400), where the said buoyant object(s) (400): (a) has buoyancy orneutral buoyancy but is completely submerged in the liquid(30), (b) hasthe ability to float partially submerged in the liquid (30), or (c) havethe ability to float on the surface of the liquid (30). Withoutlimitation, the transducer assembly(s) (100) can also be designed sothat it can independently, have buoyancy or neutral buoyancy but iscompletely submerged in the liquid (30), have the ability to floatpartially submerged in the liquid (30), or have the ability to float onthe surface of the liquid (30).

The transducer assembly(s) (100) and the said buoyant object(s) (400)can be designed to rise and fall in the reservoir(s) (40) to match anyfluctuations in the depth of the liquid (30) in the reservoir(s) (40) sothat an effective orientation and effective depth or distance below thesurface of the liquid (30) in the reservoir(s) (40) is constantlymaintained during the operation of the transducer(s) (10). It is alsopreferred, without limitation, that the transducer assembly(s) (100), aswell as buoyant object(s) (400) if they are used, in the preferredaspect, be maintained in the proper, designated, or desired position(s),in an X-Y-Z coordinate plane or desired area(s) in the reservoir(s)(40), especially if the liquid (30) level fluctuates. This can beaccomplished, without limitation, by connecting the transducerassembly(s) (100) or buoyant object(s) (400) with one or more controlarm(s) (440) or other means, which is directly or indirectly connectedto or interfaced with the walls, floors, roof, or any surfaces, of thereservoir(s) (40). The control arm(s) (440) or other means can, withoutlimitation, be connected to any buoyant object (400). It is furtherpreferred, without limitation that the control arm(s) (440) be designedin a manner known to those skilled in the art, so it can pivot or movein various directions or orientations. The control arm(s) (440) canalso, without limitation, have one or more additional means to allow thetransducer assembly(s) to freely pivot or move in various directions ororientations, and without limitation, directly or indirectly interfacewith the transducer assembly(s) (100). The control arm(s) (440) can bedesigned to keep the transducer assembly(s) (100) from inadvertentlycontacting any walls or surfaces of the reservoir(s) (40). The variouscomponents and parts that interface with the transducer housing(s) (20),or assist in holding or positioning the transducer housing(s) (20), areconstructed from any material that is compatible and suitable for usewith the liquid (30).

The control arm(s) (405) or other similar means, can also, withoutlimitation, incorporate sensors into their design or the design ofdirect or indirectly connected parts and components, or in the design ofthe walls or ceiling of the reservoir(s) (40) so that the apparatus(215) will shut down or enter a fault or error mode if the controlarm(s) (405) or related parts or components rises beyond a predeterminedpoint due to a rise in the depth of the liquid (30) in the reservoir(s)(40), or drops below a predetermined point due to a drop in the depth ofthe liquid (30) in the reservoir. The type of sensors and theirincorporation into the design of the apparatus (215), as well as theircommunication with the PLC (315) can vary. The various componentsutilized in this embodiment can be, without limitation, designed andassembled to address issues such as center of gravity and balance of thetotal system.

It is more preferred, without limitation, that one or more transducerassembly(s) (100) are effectively positioned within the reservoir(s)(40) using a combination of one or more, but not limited to, thefollowing features or attributes: First, the transducer housing(s) (20)is located between or connected to one or more buoyant object(s) (400)of various size, shape, material, and buoyancy. Second, one or morespring clip(s) (415) are attached or connected to each buoyant object(s)(400) and interface, hold, or support the transducer housing(s) (20).Other means may also be used to connect or interface the transducerhousing(s) (20) with the buoyant object(s) (400). The spring clip(s)(415) can interface with the transducer housing(s) (20) in various ways.It is preferred, without limitation, that one or more protrusions (410)from the transducer housing(s) (20) engage one or more trough(s),hole(s), or grove(s) of any shape and size present in the spring clip(s)(415). This supports or holds the transducer assembly(s) (100). Third,one or more end plates (420) connect with the buoyant object(s) (400).Fourth, one or more buoyant object(s) (400) or end plate(s) (420)connects with a spacer washer (425), which is connected to a wave washer(505) that also connects with another spacer washer (425). Fifth, arotating clevis (430) connects to the spacer washer (425) furthest fromthe buoyant object(s) (400) or end plate(s) (420). Sixth, a shoulderbolt (500) connects with the rotating clevis (430), spacer washer (425),wave washer (505), another spacer washer (425), and end plate(s) (420)or buoyant object(s) (400). Seventh, the interface or connection of theshoulder bolt (500), spacer washers (425), and the wave washer (505),enables the transducer housing(s) (20) and buoyant object(s) (400) tohave a free range of motion about the longitudinal axis of the shoulderbolt (500).

Eighth, a second clevis (435) is attached or connected to a pivot arm(herein referred to as “control arm”) (440). The second clevis (435) caneither move or be fixed in position. Ninth, the second clevis (435) canmove by being connected or attached to the control arm (440) in the samemanner that the rotating clevis (430) connects to the buoyant object(s)(400) or end plate(s) (420). Tenth, it is preferred, without limitation,that the fixed clevis (435) is held in place to the control arm (440)with bolts or screws. Eleventh, the fixed clevis (435) and rotatingclevis (430) are connected and held together with a bolt, pin, or quickrelease pin (herein referred to as “pin”) (490). The pin (490) can havea locking mechanism (495). Twelfth, the interface of the fixed clevis(435), rotating clevis (430), and pin (490), enable the transducerhousing(s) (20) to have a free range of motion about the longitudinalaxis of the pin (490).

Thirteenth, the control arm (440) has a hole (480) into or through whicha torque tube (465) is positioned or connected. Fourteenth, the torquetube (465) interfaces with a washer (445) and bolt (450) from theinterior side of the reservoir (40). Fifteenth, the torque tube (465)can have one or more notches or grooves located at any effectivelocation where at least one, but preferably two or more o-rings (455)are seated. Sixteenth, the flange plate (470) fits over and interfaceswith the bearing (475). Both the o-rings (455) and flange plate (470)are made of any suitable, effective, and chemically compatible material,and their hardness can vary. Seventeenth, the bearing (475) fits overand interfaces with the torque tube (465). Eighteenth, it is preferred,without limitation, that the torque tube (465) and bearing (475) areinterfaced by inserting the torque tube (465) through a pivot hole (625)in the wall of the reservoir(s) (40), from the interior side of thereservoir(s) (40), and inserting the bearing (475) into the same hole(625) from outside of the reservoir(s) (40). Nineteenth, it is furtherpreferred, without limitation, that the flange plate (470) interfaceswith the bearing (475) outside of the reservoir(s) (40). Twentieth, theretaining spring plate (485) interfaces with the bearing (475).Twenty-first, the bearing (475) can also, without limitation, beconnected or attached to the control arm (440), and the torque tube(465) and bearing (475) can be interfaced by inserting the bearing (475)and related components, through a hole (625) in the wall of thereservoir(s) (40), from the interior side of the reservoir(s) (40), andinserting the torque tube (465) and related components, into the samehole (480) from outside of the reservoir(s) (40). In this situation, theflange plate (470) would interface with the bearing (475) inside of thereservoir(s) (40).

Twenty-second, one or more control arm(s) (440) and any direct orindirectly connected parts or components can be used. The control arm(s)may have any range, angle, or degree of motion or movement. It ispreferred, without limitation, that the control arm(s) (440) can have upto thirteen degrees in vertical, arc, or semi-vertical motion.Twenty-third, in essence, the control arm(s) (440) is connected to atorsional tube (445) that transfers motion from the inside of thereservoir(s) (40) through the reservoir(s) (40) walls, to the switchactuator plate (565).

Twenty-fourth, one or more switch actuator plates (565) is interfacedwith the torsional tube (445) or bearing (475) and is located at theexterior of the reservoir(s) (40). It is preferred, without limitation,that the switch actuator plate(s) (565) is interfaced with the torsionaltube (445). Twenty-fifth, the movement of the control arm(s) (440)directly or indirectly causes the switch actuator plate(s) (565) tomove. Twenty-sixth, the switch actuator plate(s) (565) is designed sothat its movement causes the actuation of one or more various switch(s)(590). The switch actuator plate(s) (565) can be of many differentshapes, sizes, and geometries. Twenty-seventh, any type and number ofswitch(s) (590) may be used to indicate or communicate any condition(s)or situation (s) in the reservoir(s) (40). Twenty-eighth, the switch(s)(590) may be located anywhere around, in front of, or at any effectiveproximity to the switch actuator plate(s) (565). It is preferred,without limitation, that the switch actuator plate(s) (565) has one ormore protrusion(s), groove(s), or indentation(s) (665), which caninterface with and contact or actuate one or more switch(s) (590).Twenty-ninth, one or more switch(s) (590) are interfaced with orconnected to one or more base plate(s) (540) which is interfaced withthe exterior wall(s) of the reservoir(s) (40) or other surfaces.Thirtieth, the position and meaning of each switch (590) connected to abase plate(s) (540) can vary and be interchanged. It is preferred,without limitation, that three switches (590) are used to indicate orcommunicate to the PLC(s) (315) the various liquid levels in thereservoir(s) (40). The first switch is the tank full switch (550).Without limitation, the interaction or lack of interaction of the switchactuator plate(s) (565) with this switch (550) can indicate orcommunicate to the PLC(s) (315) that the liquid (30) level in thereservoir(s) (40) is at or above a designated or specified level. Thiscan, without limitation, cause one or more valves (300) that control theflow of liquid (30) into the reservoir(s) (40) to close. The secondswitch is the tank refill switch (555). Without limitation, theinteraction or lack of interaction of the switch actuator plate(s) (565)with this switch (555) can indicate or communicate to the PLC(s) (315)that the liquid (30) level in the reservoir(s) (40) is at or below adesignated or specified level and the reservoir(s) (40) needs refilling.This can, without limitation, cause one or more valves (300) thatcontrol the flow of liquid (30) into the reservoir(s) (40) to open orsemi-open. The third switch is the tank low level switch (560). Withoutlimitation, the interaction or lack of interaction of the switchactuator plate(s) (565) with this switch (560) can indicate orcommunicate to the PLC(s) (315) that the liquid (30) level in thereservoir(s) (40) is at or below a designated or specified level. Thiscan, without limitation, cause various components of the apparatus (215)to shut down such as, but not limited to any, pump(s) (130), blower(s)(180), heater(s) (150) or (310), or any drive electronics (645) oramplifier(s) (230).

Thirty-first, one or more cover plate(s) (580) fit over the switch(s)(590). The cover plate(s) can, without limitation, provide rigidity tothe various connected components (610) and prevent damage to theswitches (590) resulting from possible contact with any objects. Thecover plate(s) (580) can also prevent certain shock hazards as well asact as a passive terminal protection for the various switch(s) (590).

Thirty-second, one or more hydraulic dampener(s) are connected to theswitch actuator plate(s) (565) or any other components that directly orindirectly connect to the transducer assembly(s) (100), buoyant objects(400), or control/control arm (440). The hydraulic dampener(s) (585) isa push or pull hydraulic mechanism whose design and function is known inthe art. The hydraulic dampener(s) (585) can, without limitation, dampenany rotation or movement of the control arm (440), transducer housing(s)(20), switch actuator plate (565), or other related components,resulting from any shock and vibration that the apparatus (215) mayencounter.

It is further preferred, without limitation, that an enhanced design forinterfacing one or more transducer(s) (10) with one or more housing(s)(20) in various and modifiable configurations is utilized in the presentinvention. This design includes, without limitation, the followingfeatures. First, each housing (20) that is utilized is constructed sothat it has one or more space(s) or recess(s) (600) that interface withone or more transducer(s) (10) as desired. The housing(s) may be made ofany suitable material that is not affected by the chemical action of theliquid (30). Suitable materials for the housing(s) (20) may include PVC,polypropylene, and stainless steel, but other suitable materials may beused. It is preferred without limitation that the housing(s) (20) ismade from stainless steel. It is preferred, without limitation, thatthree spaces or recesses (600) are utilized per transducer housing (20),and the center space or recess (620) connects with the other spaces orrecesses (600) through one or more hole(s), opening(s), pipe(s),channel(s), or conduit(s) (herein referred to as “holes”) (535). Thewire(s) (385) that connect the amplifier(s) (230) to the transducer(s)(10), enter the housing(s) (20) through one or more hole(s), opening(s),pipe(s), channel(s), or conduit(s) (605) located anywhere on the side ofthe housing (20) that faces opposite from the surface of the liquid (30)in the reservoir(s) (40). The wire(s) (385) can, without limitation,enter the center space(s) or recess(s) (620) and travel through thehole(s) (535) to connect with their respective transducer(s) (10). Thewire(s) (385) connect with the transducer(s) in a manner known to thoseskilled in the art.

Each space(s) or recess(s) (600) or their surrounding surfaces (640) caninterface with one or more o-rings (635). It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that each space(s) or recess(s) (600) interfaces directly orindirectly with at least three different o-rings and various other partsor components. The first o-ring is the secondary o-ring (515), and itinterfaces with a concentric shelf (630) that is built into each spaceor recess (600). The second o-ring is the outside o-ring (510), and itinterfaces with the outside circumference of the compression ring (525).Without limitation, any surface of each housing (20) can have groves orindentations of various construction in which the o-rings can be seated,and the groves are designed and constructed in a manner known to thoseskilled in the art. The transducer (10) is interfaced or adhered to thebarrier (60). It is preferred, without limitation, that the barrier (60)is constructed from glass. The barrier (60) is interfaced with, seatedinto, or nested on top of the secondary o-ring (515). The third o-ringis the primary o-ring (520), and it interfaces with the liquid (30)facing side of the barrier (60) and any of the inside surfaces (525) ofthe compression ring (525). The compression ring (525) can beconstructed from any suitable material that is not affected by thechemical action of the liquid (30). Suitable materials of thecompression ring (525) may include PVC, polypropylene, and stainlesssteel, but other suitable materials may be used. It is preferred,without limitation that the compression ring (525) is made fromstainless steel. Any o-rings, including the secondary o-ring (515),outside o-ring (510), and primary o-ring (520), can have any crosssection shape, or hardness, and are constructed from any suitablematerial that is not affected by the chemical action of the liquid (30).It is preferred, without limitation, that the primary o-ring (520) andsecondary o-ring (515) have a double seal cross-section shape, and theoutside o-ring (510) has a round cross-section shape, and these variouso-rings are constructed from Viton material. The various components,except for the transducer (10) and barrier (60) are assembled andcompressed together to form a watertight seal in various ways known tothose skilled in the art. Without limitation, tub walls (530) may alsointerface with any housing(s) (20).

The control arm(s) (405), transducer assembly(s) (100), reservoir(s)(40), and other related component(s), can be designed, so that when thereservoir(s) (40) is drained, the buoyant object(s) (400), transducerassembly(s) (100), control arm(s) (405), or other connected parts orcomponents will move down into or onto, one or more of any means tosufficiently and effectively prop, position, stabilize, or hold, thebuoyant object(s) (400), transducer assembly(s) (100), control arm(s)(405), or other connected parts or components, at any angle ororientation, within the reservoir(s) (40). This may include, withoutlimitation, any mechanism(s), apparatus(s), structure(s), inset mold(s),nest(s), groove(s), indentation(s), or protrusion(s) (herein referred toas “structure”) (1050) that can, interface with the buoyant object(s)(400), transducer assembly(s) (100), control arm(s) (405), or otherconnected parts or components, or without limitation, partially,generally, roughly, or exactly, mirror or generally mirror, at least asufficient amount of the contours or geometry of the buoyant object(s)(400), transducer assembly(s) (100), control arm(s) (405), or otherconnected parts or components, to be effective. The said mold(s),inset(s), nest(s), groove(s), indentation(s), or other structures can bedesigned to drain if necessary or when desired, in a manner known tothose skilled in the art. When the reservoir(s) (40) is drained thebuoyant object(s) (400), transducer assembly(s) (100), control arm(s)(405), or other connected parts or components, can rest, withoutlimitation, at any angle or orientation to provide an angle that issteep enough for any deposited liquid to move off or drain from anysurfaces of the transducer assembly(s) (100), including any surfacesabove or interfaced with the transducers(s) (10), into thereservoir(s)'s (40) drain(s) (655).

According to an embodiment, the protective barrier (60) that interfaceswith the transducer(s) (10) can be polished on one or more sides. When aprotective barrier (60) is ground to a specific thickness, its groundsides may have an appearance or characteristics that can include, but isnot limited to, unpolished, rough, hazy, or frosted due to the grindingprocess. This is, without limitation, especially true with protectivebarriers (60) that are constructed from any type of glass that isground. The prior art has taught the use of protective barriers (60),including glass, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,433,461 (Scarpa et al.), U.S. Pat.No. 3,729,138 (Tysk), U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,863 (Olson et al.), and U.S.Pat. No. 4,976,259 (Higson et al.), which are incorporated herein byreference in their entirety, including any references cited therein.However, the prior art is silent with respect to the use of a polishedbarrier(s). It can be assumed that the protective barriers (60)mentioned in the prior art were ground to their specific thicknesses butnot polished after being ground. Polishing the liquid side of theprotective barrier (60) can, without limitation: (a) reduce or eliminatethe texture or surface features that can catch or hold undesirableforeign objects or debris, (b) provide a surface that easier to cleanand/or be more effectively cleaned, (c) reduce the amount of texture orsurface features that may promote the build up of mineral deposits, (d)promote easier movement of liquid (30), foreign objects, or debris, offof the protective barrier (60) surface(s) when the reservoir(s) (40) isemptied. Polishing the side of the protective barrier (60) that is notin contact with the liquid can, without limitation: (a) reduce surfacevariability on the side of the protective barrier (60) that interfaceswith any adhesive (70), which can reduce the variability in thethickness of the adhesive (70) between the protective barrier (60) andtransducer(s) (10) which may in turn, without being limited, reducevariability in certain energy transmission characteristics or othertransmission related issues. An unpolished protective barrier (60)surface that interfaces with an adhesive (70) can enhance the bondingbetween the protective barrier (60) and the transducer(s) (10) forreasons known to those skilled in the art. The protective barrier (60)in the present invention can, without limitation, be polished orunpolished on both the liquid (30) and transducer (10) facing sides.However, it is preferred, without limitation, that the protectivebarrier (60) is polished on the side that faces the liquid (30) andremain unpolished on the side that faces the transducer(s) (10).Polishing in this embodiment can vary in ways including, but not limitedto its, depth, completeness, precision, quality, and accuracy.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus can be designed andconstructed so that more than one aerosol producing transducer (10) issurrounded, enclosed, or encircled by one or more walls or barriers(herein referred to as “tub walls”) (530). However, if only onetransducer (10) is used in the present invention, it may also besurrounded, enclosed, or encircled by one or more tub walls (530). Thisembodiment should not be confused with what is taught in U.S. Pat. No.5,300,260 (Keshet et al., 1993) in (col. 3, line 15-21) and (col. 3,line 50-51), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety,including any references cited therein. Keshet et al., taught thepositioning of baffles between each aerosol producing transducer as ameans to suppress waves. The tub walls (530) in this embodiment are notpositioned between individual transducers (10) so as to not conflictwith U.S. Pat. No. 5,300,260. The performance of the transducers (10) inthe present invention was found in the laboratory not to be adverselyeffected by waves created by neighboring, or even closely positionedtransducers (10). The art taught by Keshet et al. is inapplicable to thepresent invention. The walls (10) in the present invention are intendedto contain the liquid (30) above and around the transducers (10) and usethe heat generated by the transducer(s) (10) to heat the liquid (30)above and around the transducer(s) (10), as well as the liquid (30) atthe liquid (30) surface above the transducers (10). This embodiment may,without limitation, eliminate the need for any additional means to heatthe liquid in certain circumstances known to those skilled in the art.This embodiment utilizes teachings from the book titled, “AerosolTechnology” by William C. Hinds (1982), which is incorporated herein byreference in its entirety, including any references cited therein, whereit is taught that ultrasonic aerosol generating transducers can heat thesurrounding liquid (page 382). This embodiment can without limitation,offer the added benefit of enabling the transducers (10) to quickly heatthe surrounding liquid (30) and liquid (30) surface above them. The tubwalls (530) can also, without limitation, be designed or modified in amanner known to those skilled in the art so that the liquid (30)contained within the tub walls (530) is able to reach or experience aneffective exchange with the surrounding liquid (30) outside of the tubwalls (530), so that the liquid (30) within the tub walls (530) is notable to either exceed a given temperature or drop below a giventemperature. Without limitation, the tub walls (530) can be continuousor non-continuous, and they can have one or more openings (670) ofvarious size, shape, and in various locations. The tub walls (530) can,without limitation, be sealed or partially sealed, interfaced or notinterfaced, interlocked either tightly or loosely, or be unsealed. Thetub walls (530) can without limitation, interface completely orintermittently, or not interface, with the surfaces of the transducerassembly(s) (100) or the housing (20), and the height of the tub walls(530) can also vary. Any gap or distance (925) may exist between the tubwalls (530) and any surfaces of the transducer assembly(s) (100) or thehousing (20). It is preferred without limitation, that the tub walls(530) extend to an effective height above the surface of the liquid(30). Without being limited, one or more notches can also be cut intothe top of the walls and can be of various size, shape, and in variouslocations. The tub walls (530) and associated parts may be constructedfrom any material that is compatible, and suitable for use with theliquid (30). The tub wall(s) (530) can also be designed and constructedto perform the same function(s) as the buoyant object(s) (400), or shareany of the same features of the buoyant object(s) (400). The tub wall(s)(530) can, without limitation, have any density, buoyancy, air space,thickness, size, shape, and can be injection or blow molded. Withoutlimitation, the tub wall(s) can be directly or indirectly positioned orinterfaced anywhere with and in any orientation to the transducerassembly(s) (100) or housing(s) (20). The tub wall(s) (530) can have anynumber of vertical or angled voids, holes or openings (herein referredto as “openings”) (920) above the transducer(s) (10) or transducerassembly(s) (100). The openings (920) can, without limitation, allow anyemitted pressure (energy) resulting from the operation of thetransducer(s) (10), to reach the surface of the liquid (30) in thereservoir(s) (40). The openings (920) can be any size, shape, or haveany angle or cant.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 53 and 36, the apparatus canbe designed and constructed so that air/gas that surrounds the apparatus(215) or outside air/gas that is pulled into the apparatus (215) forpurposes including, without limitation, removing the aerosol (200) thatis generated by the transducer(s) (10), from the apparatus (215) andinto the intended or targeted area (210), is filtered before it entersthe apparatus (215), or at least before the air/gas reaches the aerosolgeneration chamber (40). One or more filters (675) of various kinds andfunction, may be used, but should be at least sufficient for theintended amount or degree of filtering that is desired or needed, andthe correct filter (675) that is used for a specific application isknown to those skilled in the art. It is preferred, without limitationthat the filter(s) (675) is located at any location where the air/gas isdrawn or pulled into the apparatus (215) by a blower or fan or othermeans (180) to move the air/gas or aerosol (200). It can be locatedeither on the inside or outside of the apparatus (215) and sufficientlyinterfaced with the apparatus (215) in a manner that is known to thoseskilled in the art. The filter(s) (675) can, without limitation, preventor limit dust or debris contamination inside of, on, or in: (a) anyliquid (30), (b) any pipe(s) (685) that are used to construct theaerosol generating apparatus (215) through which the air/gas is moved,(c) the fan or blower or other source of pressurized air (180), (d) thechamber (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located, or (e) theintroduction of various types of contaminates into the intended ortargeted area (210) in which the aerosol (200) is deployed. Thefilter(s) (535) are not used in any configuration(s) or application(s)involving a “closed loop system” where the air/gas or aerosol (200) thatis deployed from the apparatus (215) is then recirculated back to theapparatus (215) through one or more return conduit(s) or pipe(s) (240).This avoids any conflict with: (a) (col. 3, line 19-24), (col. 11, line14-17) and (claim #21) of U.S. Pat. No. 5,878,355 (Berg et al. 1996),and (b) (col. 3 line 26-31), (col. 11, line 20-23) and (claim #8) ofU.S. Pat. No. 6,102,992 (Berg et al. 1998), both of which areincorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein. The filter(s) (675) can be, withoutlimitation, disposable. One or more protective covers (680) may also bedirectly or indirectly connected to the filters (535). The protectivecovers (680) may be positioned, or installed anywhere in the air/gasstream before the air/gas enters the filter(s). One or more protectivecover(s) (680) may also be integrated into any external walls (755) ofthe apparatus and may be constructed from any material that iscompatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30).

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can be designed andconstructed so that one or more tank(s) (herein referred to as“intermediate tank(s)”) (695), are connected between the one or moretank(s) (280) in which liquid (30) is stored and the reservoir(s) (40)they feed or supply, in which transducer(s) (10) are located. Theintermediate tank(s) (280) can, without limitation, perform the functionof a check or failsafe device or design, and prevent the reservoir(s)(40) in which the transducers (10) are located from being overfilledwith liquid (30) if one or more valve(s) (300) from the tank(s) (280)that feed or supplies the reservoir(s) (40) fail in an open or semi-openposition. The intermediate tanks (695) can have one or more of varioustypes of valves (300) that include, but are not limited to, floatvalves, or solenoid valves. The valve(s) (300) can control the flow ofeither inbound or outbound liquid (30). The said valve(s) (300) can,without limitation, be actuated by a PLC (315), or by one or moresensor(s) (305) located in the intermediate tank(s) (695) orreservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located, and isaccomplished in a manner known in the art. The valve(s) (300) are alsoinstalled, and connected to a PLC (315), if applicable, in a mannerknown to those skilled in the art. The valve(s), immediate tank(s), andassociated parts may be constructed from any material that iscompatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30).

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can be designed andconstructed so that one or more liquid containment tank(s) (705) isconnected to various parts, components, or areas of the apparatusincluding, but not limited to, the fill pipe(s) (295), blower or fanhousing(s) (180), internal catch pan(s) or basin(s) (700), reservoir(s)(40) in which the transducers (10) are located, or pressurized airpipe(s) or conduit(s) (685). Without limitation, the aforementionedliquid containment tank(s) (705) is designed to collect excess, spilled,leaked, coalesced, or other undesired liquid (30). It can be connectedto the main drain (655) and valve (660) used to drain the apparatus, orit can have its own drain pipe and valve. The positioning of the liquidcontainment tank(s) (705) as well as its shape and capacity can vary. Aliquid level sensor (305) may be used to detect the presence of anyliquid (30) or the depth of the liquid (30) in the containment tank(s)(705). The said liquid level sensor (305) may communicate with a PLC(315) and cause the apparatus to shut down or enter a fault or errormode if the if the liquid level (30) exceeds a defined depth. The liquidcontainment tank(s) (705) and associated parts may be constructed fromany material that is compatible, and suitable for use with the liquid(30). Without limitation, any pipe(s) (685) carrying inbound or outboundair or aerosol, as well as the blower(s) (180) and the pipe(s) (685)that connect it to the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10)are located, can be canted or angled back toward the reservoir(s) (40)in which the transducer(s) (10) are located to carry out variousfunctions such as, but not limited to, helping collect any liquid (30)from those areas.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus can be designed andconstructed so that it has one or more means to control the temperatureof the liquid (30) in the various reservoir(s), which includes, but isnot limited to, preventing the temperature of the liquid (30) in thereservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10) are located, fromexceeding the maximum desired, established, or required operatingtemperature for that liquid (30) or particular process in which theliquid (30) is being used.

As previously discussed, the prior art has taught the heating of theliquid (30) in various ways including, but not limited to, heating theliquid (30) from the heat that is imparted into the liquid (30) duringthe operation of the transducers (10). It is obvious to one skilled inthe art, that the air or gas that is used to remove the generatedaerosol (200) from the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10)are located, can contribute to the removal of heat from the liquid (30).However, this pressurized air/gas flow can only remove a certainquantity of heat and is affected by factors including, but not limitedto, the surface area of the liquid (30) in the reservoir(s) (40), andthe volume and velocity of air/gas that moves over that surface area. Ifmore heat is imparted into the liquid (30) than is removed over time,the liquid (30) will continue to rise in temperature.

The means to control or prevent the temperature of the liquid (30) inthe reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10) are located, fromexceeding the aforementioned maximum desired, established, or requiredoperating temperature, includes without limitation, a means to cool theliquid (30) by pumping or otherwise moving the liquid (30) that is inthe reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located, orany other liquid (30) that could possibly have contact with the liquid(30) in the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) arelocated, through a heat exchanger, cooling fins, cooling plate, coolingblock, chiller, chilling or cooling apparatus, or other means known inthe art (710), to remove heat from the liquid (30). It is preferred thatthis means includes pumping or moving the liquid (30) from thereservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10) are located, throughcooling fins, chill block, or heat exchanger that is located in the pathof the pressurized air/gas that is used to move the generated aerosol(200) away from the apparatus. The means to cool the liquid (30) canalso interface or directly interface with the reservoir(s) (40) in whichthe transducers (10) are located and can include, but is not limited to,the interface or insertion of chill coil(s) or chill block(s) directlyinto the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducers (10) are located.The means mentioned in this embodiment to cool the liquid (30) andassociated parts may be constructed from any material that iscompatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30). The PLC(s) (315)can monitor the temperature of the liquid (30) in the reservoir(s) (40)with input from one or more liquid temperature sensing device(s) (820).The PLC(s) (315) can activate whatever means necessary to start,maintain, or stop any liquid (30) cooling activities or actions, tomaintain any desired or necessary temperature.

An additional aspect of this embodiment includes, without limitation,insulating the reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) arelocated, in various ways including, but not limited to, interfacing orapplying any type of insulation material (760) to any surfaces of thereservoir(s) (40), or using a double wall construction (765) for thereservoir (40) where the said walls are separated with a layer of air,or other means known to those skilled in the art. Without limitation,insulating the reservoir(s) (40) can be useful in environments where itis important to increase heating efficiency or capacity and diminishheat loss from the system.

According to an embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 33 and 34, the apparatuscan be designed and constructed so that it can be remotely communicatedwith and controlled, by anyone or any means. Without being limited, oneor more PLC(s) (315) that control one or more parts of the apparatus canalso communicate with or be controlled by any other apparatus and theirPLC(s). More specifically, and without limitation, the remote controland communication with the apparatus can be accomplished by means suchas, but not limited to, any radio frequency or amplitude, any electricalfrequency or amplitude, any light frequency or amplitude, any digital oranalog data packet, or by any directly or indirectly connected wire(s),which includes fiber optic wire(s), or any combination of the of thesaid means. Without limitation, any data, commands, or information canbe sent and received by the apparatus and communicated between theapparatus and one or more additional means to send and receive any data,commands, or information. Commands, can include, but are not limited to,a command for the apparatus to start or to end an aerosol generation ordeployment cycle. Communicated information or data can include, but isnot limited to, the apparatus communicating its current operationalstatus or condition, as well as liquid (30) level and temperature. It ispreferred, without limitation, that the apparatus communicates by usingone or more radio transceiver(s) (340) that is connected to one or morePLC(s) (315), that is connected to one or more HMI(s) (320), andcommunicates with one or more remote radio transceiver(s) (315) that isconnected to one or more remote PLC(s) (315) which are attached to oneor more remote HMI(s) (320) or other parts or components. The one ormore antenna(s) (720) connected to the radio transceiver(s) (340), canbe located anywhere on or in the apparatus (215), and can be constructedfrom various materials. The antenna(s) (720) and any related parts maybe constructed from any material that is compatible, and suitable foruse with the liquid (30). It is preferred, without limitation, that theradio transceiver(s) (340) and antenna(s) (720) be located within anyNEMA or IP rated or hermitically sealed container(s) (345) that isconstructed from polymer that is compatible, and suitable for use withthe liquid (30). Within this embodiment, and without limitation, aplurality of apparatuses, including, but not limited to, apparatusesthat are similar in process, or apparatuses that are similar oridentical to the apparatus (215) of the present invention, can operatein the same, connected, or shared volume of space, and communicateinformation including, but not limited to their condition or status oftheir systems or the apparatus in general, to all of these apparatuses,so that if one apparatus has a problem, or enters into a fault or errorcondition or state, all of the other apparatuses can also shut down, orat least relay the incident to one or more remote PLC(s) (315), HMI(s)(320) which the operator can monitor. This embodiment also offers manyadvantages including, but not limited to, reducing or eliminating thechance of accidental exposure to the aerosol (200) from an apparatus(215) that is operating within the same environment (210) in which theaerosol (200) is applied.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can be designed andconstructed so that it has one or more sensors, or the means forindirect or direct communication with one or more sensor(s) or PLC(s)(315) which are connected to one or more sensor(s), to determine if aneffective or sufficient amount of aerosol (200) has been applied to thetargeted area (210) and/or surfaces.

In the first aspect of this embodiment, each sensor consists of at leasttwo parts including, but not limited to, a light source (725) and alight sensor (730), known to those skilled in the art. The light source(725) and light sensor (730) can be directly or indirectly connected, orthey can be placed or positioned independent from one another. Thedistance between the light source (725) and light sensor (730) can vary.It is preferred without limitation, that the light source (725) andlight sensor (730) are at separated by at least one foot. It is morepreferred, without limitation, that the light source (725) and lightsensor (730) be separated by at least four feet. It is even morepreferred, without limitation, that the light source (725) and lightsensor (730) be separated by at least seven feet. It is preferred,without limitation, that each sensor(s) consists of at least one laserof any power or class type for a light source (725), and at least onephotoelectric sensor of any type and sensitivity (730) for a lightsensor (730). The emitted light or energy, or light source (725) canhave, without limitation, various: (a) intensity(s), (b) brightness, (c)period(s), (d) frequency(s), and (e) wavelength(s). The light source(725) can be controlled via a PLC (315), the light sensor(s) (730), orother means known in the art. The means to sense the light (730) can,without limitation, vary widely in its sensitivity and ability to senselight of various: (a) intensity(s), (b) brightness, (c) period(s), (d)frequency(s), and (e) wavelength(s). The means to sense the light (730)can also have various capabilities known in the art, including, withoutlimitation, the ability to have adjustable sensitivity and triggerlevel(s), or the ability to communicate with a PLC(s) (315) or othercomponents. The light sensor(s) (730) can, without limitation, indicateor communicate to a PLC(s) (315) if it either receives or ceases toreceive a desired or set level of light stimulus, and the saidcommunication can be accomplished in various ways known in the art. Itis preferred, without limitation that the PLC(s) (315) is indicated orreceives information by either an electrical signal or lack of anelectrical signal from the light sensor(s) (730). This communication canresult in various actions such as, but not limited to: (a) shutting downany drive electronics (645) or amplifier(s) (230), (b) shutting down theblower (180) or flow of pressurized air, or (c) shutting down theapparatus (215).

Without limitation, an effective or sufficient amount of administeredaerosol (200) in this embodiment is indicated by its causing thedisruption, diminishment, or cessation, of the light that is emittedfrom the light source(s) (725) before it reaches the photoelectricsensor (730). The effective, sufficient amount, or specified quantity,of administered aerosol (200) can vary for intended or unintendedreasons or designs, and the trigger or sensitivity levels for the lightsensor(s) (730) can, without limitation, be varied, calibrated, oradjusted, for each situational circumstance.

In the second aspect of this embodiment each sensor can sense or measurerelative humidity in a manner known to those skilled in the art. Withoutlimitation, the relative humidity sensor(s) (735) can have variouscapabilities and attributes including, without limitation, varyingsensitivity, the ability to have adjustable trigger level(s), or theability to communicate with a PLC(s) (315) or other components. Thehumidity sensor(s) (735) can, without limitation, indicate orcommunicate to a PLC(s) (315) the relative humidity data it collects,which can be accomplished in ways known in the art. The relativehumidity sensor(s) (735) can receive or send any signal of any kind toor from any other components. It is preferred, without limitation, thatthe PLC(s) (315) receive humidity data or indications of varioushumidity detection events by either an electrical, optical, or radiosignal, or lack of these signals from the relative humidity sensor(s)(735) or any components connected to the relative humidity sensor(s)(735). It is preferred, without limitation that the PLC(s) (315) isindicated by either an electrical signal or lack of an electrical signalfrom the relative humidity sensor(s) (735) when a certain humidity levelis detected. This communication can result in various actions such as,but not limited to: (a) shutting down any drive electronics (645) oramplifier(s) (230), (b) shutting down the blower (180) or flow ofpressurized air, or (c) shutting down the apparatus (215).

Also, without limitation, the PLC(s) (315) can be programmed to havedelays of various length of time after receiving any data,communication, or signal, to initiate actions such as, but not limitedto: (a) shutting down any drive electronics (645) or amplifier(s) (230),(b) shutting down the blower (180) or flow of pressurized air, or (c)shutting down the apparatus (215), after receiving any signal(s), data,or communication from any sensor(s) such as the light sensor (730) orthe relative humidity sensor(s) (735) or related components.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus can be designed andconstructed so that it can without limitation, measure, determine, orsense, the amount of liquid (30) that is in any tank or reservoir.Without limitation, this information or data may be used, in concertwith or without a PLC (315), to: (a) communicate to the operator whetherthere is either a sufficient or insufficient amount of liquid (30) toexecute a chosen operational cycle time, (b) communicate to the operatorwhether there is either a sufficient or insufficient amount of liquid(30) to execute an operational cycle time associated with a specificvolume of space or other attribute(s) chosen by the operator, (c)communicate to the operator the quantity of liquid (30) or at least theminimum quantity of liquid (30), expressed in units of measure, whichmay be necessary to add or make available to the apparatus so that itmay effectively or successfully complete a chosen or desired operationalcycle. It is preferred, without limitation, that the units of measure inthe present invention include, but are not limited to, any liquid (30)volume quantities expressed in, standard units of measure, imperialunits of measure, English units of measure, units of measure accordingto the metric system, or units of measure according to SystemInternational (SI) units. French Patent No. FR2860721 (Schwal et al.),which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein, taught that a fogging apparatus can notify theoperator if an insufficient liquid (30) quantity is available (pg. 6line 15-25 and pg. 10 line 10-25) and when it is necessary to replace acartridge (290) (pg. 10 line 15-25). However, FR2860721 (Schwal et al.),only mentioned that an indication would be made by the fogging apparatusto the operator to replace an interfaced cartridge (290) (pg. 10 line15-25), or additional possibly interfaced cartridges (290) (pg. 7 line3-10), but it was silent with respect to the apparatus itselfdetermining the amount of liquid (30) that is needed to properly oreffectively fill the apparatus, and communicating the exact number of aplurality of cartridges (290) that may be needed to fill the apparatuswith liquid (30) either partially or to full capacity so that it cansuccessfully and effectively complete a predetermined operational cycle.Therefore, it is more preferred, without limitation, that the units ofmeasure communicated can also include more than one or a plurality ofcartridges (290) with a known quantity of liquid (30) that is needed toprovide the apparatus with a sufficient quantity of liquid (30) for itto effectively or successfully complete its operational cycle time. Itis even more preferred, without limitation, that the units of measureinclude, any units of measure, including any number of cartridges (290)as long as it is a plurality of cartridges. The apparatus can, withoutlimitation, communicate to the operator the minimum quantity of liquid(30) needed to complete an operational cycle, as well as the quantity ofliquid (30) that would be needed to fill the apparatus to capacity.Again, the quantity of liquid (30) may be expressed in any units ofmeasure including, but not limited to, the number of cartridges (290).Information or data can be communicated to or from the apparatus withany means known to those skilled in the art including, but not limitedto, human-machine-interface(s) (HMI) (320), terminal(s), remoteterminal(s), any button(s) and associated light(s), screen(s), oraudible signal(s). The apparatus can, without limitation, require theoperator to acknowledge one or more prompts to add a certain amount ofliquid (30) or a certain number of cartridges (290) as well as one ormore prompts to verify if the action was undertaken. This can beaccomplished with an HMI (320) or other means known to those skilled inthe art. More specifically, this embodiment includes without limitation,the apparatus having the ability to sense, detect, or determine, withone or more sensor(s) or other effective means, any: (a) liquid (30)level, (b) liquid (30) depth, or (c) amount of liquid (30) in anytank(s), reservoir(s) (40), or other places where liquid (30) is heldand available to the apparatus, and communicate that information to aPLC(s) (315). This may be accomplished in a manner known to thoseskilled in the art. It is preferred, without limitation, that one ormore float sensor(s) (305), which can be located in various locations inthe apparatus, be utilized for this purpose. They can be constructedfrom any material that is compatible, and suitable for use with theliquid (30), and their use and configuration are known to those skilledin the art. Any data, information, or signals, can be sent from the saidmeans to sense, detect, or determine the liquid (30) level, liquid (30)depth, or amount of liquid (30) available, and can be sent orcommunicated, without limitation, to various places or means including,but not limited to, one or more PLC(s) (315) or HMI(s) (320). The PLC(s)(315) or HMI(s) (320) can be programmed in a manner known in the art touse the inbound information, data, or communication to control orinteract with the apparatus, as well as communicate information to orfrom the operator. The PLC(s) (315) can, without limitation, beprogrammed so that the apparatus (215) will enter into a fault or errorcondition, or shut down one or more functions, and communicate anaudible or visual signal to the operator, as well as communicate withany other PLC(s) (315), if the apparatus receives a command to operatefor a certain amount of time or apply aerosol (200) to a certain volumeand the PLC(s) (315) determines that an insufficient amount of liquid(30) is available.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can be designed andconstructed so that it will not, without limitation, generate, create,or deploy aerosol (200), when the liquid (30) that is in or available tothe reservoir(s) (40) in which the transducer(s) (10) are located cannotbe used, administered, or deployed, for reasons including but notlimited to: (a) the fluid (30) has exceeded the time or date withinwhich it can be efficaciously used, or (b) the fluid (30) has reached apoint in time or date where it has degraded or aged to a point where itsuse or application would be ineffective, unaccepted, unauthorized, orillegal. The present embodiment does not encompass what is taught inFrench Patent No. FR2860721 (Schwal et al.), which is incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety, including any references citedtherein. That patent includes placing or fitting a container(s) orcartridge(s) (290) of single use that is filled with the liquid (30) tobe fogged or diffused, on or with an aerosol (200) dispensing device,and reading an identifier on the said container(s) with a reader (pg. 2,line 33-36) to determine its year/date (pg. 9 line 15-20) and suspendingthe operation of the apparatus if there is non-conformance, or in otherwords, the identifier(s) is determined to be associated with acontainer(s) that has expired. However, this embodiment, withoutlimitation, also encompasses the liquid (30) that is in any cartridge(s)(290) (FIG. 12) that interfaces with the apparatus after thecartridge(s) (290) has been read and its use is approved, and thecartridge(s) (290) is opened or its seal is compromised, allowing theliquid (30) to be used or made available to the apparatus. This isimportant for reasons including, but not limited to, the liquid (30) canhave a certain shelf life or period of effectiveness while in a closedcontainer/cartridge (290), but once the container/cartridge (290) isopened, and exposed to its surrounding environment, or diluted, theshelf life or effective period of use is diminished or shortened. Thiscan, without limitation, necessitate the monitoring, measuring,tracking, calculating, comparing, (herein “measuring”), the time thatthe liquid (30) can be utilized in the present invention until it cannotbe used for various reasons known to those skilled in the art. Measuringthe time that the liquid (30) can or cannot be used or its usefullifespan, can be accomplished by using a PLC(s) (315), or othermechanism or device known to those skilled in the art. The apparatus(215) in this embodiment can possesses various means to determine theuseful lifespan of a liquid (30) or the length of time a liquid (30) canbe effectively utilized by the apparatus, and such means may include,but is not limited to, the following or combination of the following:(a) measuring the time between when an empty apparatus (215) isinitially filled with liquid (30) and the time when it should be drainedof the liquid (30), which is preferred in this embodiment, (b) measuringthe time between when the apparatus (215) was last drained of liquid(30) and when it should be drained again, (c) measuring the time betweenwhen an empty apparatus (215) is interfaced with the first cartridge(s)(290) to begin filling the apparatus with liquid (30) and the time whenit should be drained of the liquid (30). Draining the liquid (30) inthese instances pertains to draining all of the liquid (30) from theapparatus (215). This embodiment includes without limitation, theapparatus (215) having the ability to sense, detect, interpret, ordetermine, with one or more sensor(s) known to those skilled in the art,various activities, status, or conditions such as, but are not limitedto, (a) the interface of one or more cartridge(s) (290) or other meansto hold liquid (30), with the apparatus (215), (b) the liquid (30)level(s) in any reservoir(s) (40), (c) the opening or closing, or anyposition or state, of one or more valve(s) (660) to empty the apparatusof any liquid (30) that could be used to generate aerosol (200), (d) themovement or presence of any liquid (30), object, or mechanism, resultingfrom the emptying of the apparatus (215). The sensor(s) can communicateinformation with a PLC(s) (315) in a manner known in the art, and thePLC(s) (315) can use that information to help determine the length oftime the liquid (30) may be utilized until it must be drained ordiscarded. The PLC(s) (315) can be programmed to accomplish these tasksin a manner known to those skilled in the art. The PLC(s) (315) can,without limitation, be programmed so that the apparatus will enter intoa fault or error condition, or shut down one or more functions, andcommunicate an audible or visual signal to the operator, as well ascommunicate with other PLC(s), if a period of time has elapsed where theliquid (30) should have been fully drained but was not. This featureprevents the use of liquid (30) that has, without limitation, exceededits usefulness for various reasons known to those skilled in the art.All communication between either the PLC(s) or the operator cantranspire in a manner known in the art. In addition, any information ordata can be communicated to or from the apparatus (215) by means suchas, but not limited to, any human-machine-interface (HMI) (320), anyterminal and its images, any buttons, any buttons and associated lights,any voice command(s) and directions, or any audible signal. Theapparatus (215) can, without limitation, also require the operator toacknowledge any error or fault messages, apparatus status queries, or ifany action was taken by the operator. The proper, necessary or effectiveperiod of time in which the liquid (30) can be used before it needs tobe fully drained, is entered into the PLC'(s)' (315) programming in amanner known to those skilled in the art.

According to an embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 12, 13, 20, 29 and 37,the apparatus (215) can be designed and constructed so that any of itspart(s), component(s) or space(s) that will increase in temperature fromthe operation of the apparatus (215) may be cooled, or any heat that isgenerated by one or more part(s) or component(s) or any related part(s)can be removed or displaced from the apparatus (215) either collectivelyor individually. The apparatus (215) in the present invention can beoperated from various locations including, but not limited to, withinthe same area (210) in which the aerosol (200) is administered orapplied. The operation of the apparatus (215) in an environment in whichthe aerosol (200) is applied can introduce various engineeringchallenges, including, but not limited to, cooling the aforementionedpart(s) or component(s) and their related part(s), or surroundingatmosphere(s) (740) in a way that does not: (a) damage the apparatus,(b) damage any part(s) or component(s) of the apparatus (215), or (c)introduce a safety hazard. Cooling the aforementioned part(s) orcomponent(s) and their related part(s), or surrounding atmosphere(s)(740) while utilizing as little or no amperage as possible is also,without limitation, another engineering challenge addressed in thecurrent invention. Without limitation, many component(s) of theapparatus (215), including but not limited to, any electrical orelectronic parts, may not be cooled by aerosol (200) laden air fromoutside of the apparatus (215). Aerosol (200) laden air/gas may causeelectrical problems, electrical hazards, or cause damage to theapparatus (215) or its component(s) or part(s).

Without being limited, the various component(s) or part(s) of theapparatus (215) including, but not limited to any, electrical system(s),drive electronic(s) (645), blower(s) (180), pump(s) (130), or otherpart(s) or component(s) of the apparatus (215), and their relatedpart(s), can be located in various ways including, but not limited to,locating the components individually or collectively in an enclosure(s)(345) that is impervious to things such as, but not limited to,humidity, dust, liquid, and aerosol. In addition, and withoutlimitation, the atmosphere or various component(s) or part(s) of theapparatus (215) including, but not limited to any, electrical system(s),drive electronic(s) (645), blower(s) (180), pump(s) (130), or otherpart(s) or component(s) of the apparatus (215), and their relatedpart(s), inside of the enclosure(s) (345), can be directly or indirectlycooled by means known to those skilled in the art. This means forcooling can include, but is not limited to, the use of, circulatedcoolant liquid, or refrigerated air. Any heat that is generated in thecreation of the refrigerated air or that is removed from theenclosure(s) (345), the atmosphere inside of the enclosure(s) (345), orany part(s) or component(s) inside of the enclosure(s) (345), can betransferred to any air stream or direct to the atmosphere surroundingthe apparatus (215).

Without limitation, the PLC(s) (315) can monitor the temperature of anysurface(s) or atmosphere(s) (740) within the apparatus (215) with inputfrom one or more of any temperature sensing devices or air/gastemperature sensing device(s) (650). The PLC(s) (315) can activatewhatever means necessary to start, maintain, or stop any coolingactivities or actions for any part(s), component(s), or atmosphere(s) ofthe apparatus (215), to maintain any desired or necessary temperature.

It is preferred, without limitation that the heat is transferred to anair/gas stream and this air/gas stream is the same air/gas stream (745)that is used to move the generated aerosol (200) out of the apparatus(215). The heat can be transferred to the air/gas stream (745) in one ormore locations of the apparatus (215) including, but not limited to,inside any reservoir(s) (40), or inside any pipe(s) (685) before orafter the blower(s) (180) that create the air/gas stream (745) thatmoves the aerosol (200) from the apparatus (215). It is also preferred,without limitation, that the heat generated by the various component(s)or part(s), especially any drive electronics (645) that operate thetransducer(s) (10), be transferred to one or more heat sink(s) (750)having one or more fin(s) or other means known in the art to enhancecooling. Without limitation, the heat sink(s) can also interface andtransfer heat from any coolant liquid or circulated coolant liquid thatis used to cool any part(s), component(s), or atmosphere in a mannerknown in the art. The heat sink(s) (750) can be positioned anywhere inthe air stream (745), before or after the blower(s) (180), so that atleast the fin(s) or other cooling enhancement(s) (800) is placed orpositioned in the air stream (745). The interface between any heat sinksor other means to transmit heat into the air stream (745) can be sealedin a manner known in the art. It is also preferred without limitation,that the heat sink(s) (750) that interfaces with the drive electronics(645) is interfaced with the top of the reservoir(s) (40) in which thetransducers(s) (10) is located, and the heat sink(s) (750) iseffectively positioned and sealed in place with one or more clasps(795). Without limitation, the various part(s) and component(s) of theapparatus (215) can interface with any heat sink(s) (750) in anyorientation(s), layout(s), and with any methods known to those skilledin the art.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can be designed andconstructed so that any of its exterior skin, walls, or surfaces (755)that can be exposed to the administered or deployed aerosol (200), areprevented from becoming warmer in temperature than the temperature ofthe atmosphere surrounding the apparatus or other surfaces surroundingthe apparatus (215). This is important considering the potentialoperating environments of the apparatus (215). The book entitled,“Aerosol Technology” by William C. Hinds (1982), which is incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety, including any references citedtherein, teaches that, “When a temperature gradient is established in agas, the aerosol particles in that gas experience a force in thedirection of decreasing temperature. The motion of the aerosol particlethat results from this force is called thermophoresis (page 153).”William C. Hinds (1982), also taught, “The earliest studies ofthermophoresis were empirical studies of the dust-free layer observedaround a heated object, such as a metal rod immersed in smoke. The smokeparticles appear to be repelled by the heated object and form a particlefree layer usually less than 1 mm thick, with a well-defined boundary(page 153).” This embodiment is advantageous for reasons including, butnot limited to, it can prevent the aerosol (200) from being repelledfrom the exterior skin, walls, or surfaces (755) of the apparatus (215)in situations where the apparatus (215) is operating within the area(210) in which the aerosol (200) is administered or deployed and whereit is needed or required that the exterior skin, walls, or surfaces(755) of the apparatus have contact with the aerosol (200). Thisembodiment includes, without limitation, constructing the apparatus(215) so that the exterior skin, walls, or surfaces (755) of theapparatus (215) are insulated from heat in various ways, including, butnot limited to, applying one or more layers of insulating material (760)to the inside or outside of the exterior skin, walls, or surfaces (755)of the apparatus (215), constructing the exterior skin, walls, orsurfaces (755) of the apparatus (215) so that they are double walledwith a layer of insulation (765), including air/gas, in the middle ofthe said walls, or enclosing the components or parts that can increasein temperature, inside a sealed, insulated, or both insulated andsealed, enclosure, and then placing that enclosure inside of anothersealed or unsealed enclosure that can also be insulated or notinsulated.

According to an embodiment, object(s), the atmosphere(s) in which theyreside, or any surfaces in the area targeted (210) for theadministration or deployment of an aerosol (200), can be cooled or havetheir/its temperature decreased, before, or during the time when, theaerosol (200) is administered. This embodiment should not be confusedwith what was taught by U.S. Pat. No. 4,512,951 (Koubek at al., 1983),which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein. Koubek et al., 1983, taught a method ofsterilization where a liquid of aqueous hydrogen peroxide is vaporized,and the uniformly vaporized mixed hydrogen peroxide-water vapors aredelivered into an evacuated sterilizer chamber, and the articles to besterilized are cooled prior to the introduction of the vapor (or arecooled by the evacuation of air from the sterilizing zone) to atemperature below the dew point of the entering vapors. The condensingvapor deposits a film of liquid on all such cool surfaces (col 2, line40-51). Koubek et al., 1983, also mentions in claim 2 that the result ofvaporization was a mixed “gaseous vapor” consisting of hydrogen peroxideand water vapor free of solid contaminants. The present embodiment isintended for a completely different application and purpose since it isrelated to using principals of aerosol (200) behavior to, withoutlimitation, increase the efficacy or performance of the process of thepresent invention, and not the condensation of a gas as taught in theprior art.

Basic principles applied in this embodiment are taught in the bookentitled, “Aerosol Technology” by William C. Hinds (1982), which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including anyreferences cited therein. Without limitation, the cooling of the saidobject(s), surfaces, or environment or atmosphere, within the targetedarea (210), in the present invention, can accentuate the performance orefficacy of the aerosol (200) generated by the apparatus (215) in thepresent invention. In addition, and without being limited to a mechanismor method, the aforementioned principles taught by William C. Hinds(1982), show that the efficacy, efficiency, and performance of theprocess in the present invention can be further increased by introducingan aerosol (200), consisting of a heated liquid (30), into anenvironment or targeted area(s) (210) with cooled surfaces.

The cooling of object(s), surface(s), space(s), environment(s), oratmosphere(s), within a targeted area(s) (210), can be accomplished withany means except by decreasing the pressure or pulling a vacuum on anenclosed area that is sufficient enough to decrease the temperature ofthe surfaces or atmosphere within that enclosed area. Creating a vacuumin an enclosed area and applying an aerosol was taught in the prior artby U.S. Patent Application No. 2005/0042130 A1 (Lin et al., 2003).However, Lin et al., was silent with respect to cooling any surfaceswithin the sterilization chamber or targeted area, and only mentionedthe vaporization of the applied aerosol as being any enhancement oradvantage that further vacuum past 5 torr would provide (pg. 2 paragraph28). The vacuum utilized by Lin et al., (pg. 2 paragraph 28) to obtaindata, was intended to move the aerosol through the sterilizationchamber. In addition, using a vacuum to cool object(s), surfaces, orenvironment or atmosphere, within a enclosed area, would not be desiredin this embodiment due to the complexity and expense involved indesigning a chamber for the necessary vacuum and the expense ofacquiring the necessary pump, which is all known to those skilled in theart. It is desired that another means for cooling object(s), surfaces,or environment or atmosphere, within a targeted area(s) (210), otherthan utilizing a vacuum, be utilized.

As shown in FIGS. 38-41, it is preferred, without limitation, that thetargeted area(s) (210)) and its atmosphere, environment, objects, or anyof the surfaces within the targeted area(s) (210), be cooled with air orgas that is cooled or chilled in a manner known to those skilled in theart. It is further preferred that the air or gas is cooled or chilledwith one or more chill coils or refrigerated air systems (770) that areknown to those skilled in the art. The means (770) to chill or cool theair or gas can be, without limitation, attached to the apparatus (215)in the present invention, be separate from the apparatus (215) andconnect with one or more pipe(s) (810) or outbound cooled air pipe(s)(780) or inbound air pipe(s) (785) that connect with the targetedarea(s) (210), or it can be part of or positioned anywhere within thespace(s) or targeted area(s) (210) to be treated, and it can becontrolled by one or more PLC(s) (315) or remote PLC(s). Withoutlimitation, any pipe(s) that lead to (780) or from (785) the source ofthe refrigerated or cooled air can be separated from the targeted area(210) with one or more valve(s) (815) that can be controlled by one ormore PLC(s) (315) or remote PLC(s). Without limitation, one or morevalve(s) (815) may also be positioned at any location between thelocation where the administered air/gas or aerosol enters any pipe(s)(780) (785) or targeted area(s) (210) and the aerosol generatingapparatus (215), and can be controlled by one or more PLC(s) (315) orremote PLC(s). The said valve(s) (815)(775), pipe(s) (220), or otherrelated part(s) or component(s) can all be constructed from any materialthat is compatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30). Withoutlimitation, the amount or duration of air or gas that is flowed into orrecirculated through the targeted area(s) (210), the locations that theair or gas is flowed into our out of the targeted area(s) (210), thetemperature of the air or gas, as well as the temperature of thesurfaces within the targeted area(s) (210) can vary depending onvariables such as, but not limited to, the application, the level ofperformance that is desired, desired application time, as well as thevolume of the targeted area(s) (210). Without limitation, thetemperature of the atmosphere, surfaces, or space(s) in the targetedarea(s) (210) can be cooled to at least nine degrees Fahrenheit belowthe temperature of the applied liquid (30). It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the temperature of the atmosphere, surfaces, orspace(s) in the targeted area(s) (210) be cooled to at least nine totwenty-five degrees Fahrenheit below the temperature of the appliedliquid (30). However, it is more preferred, without limitation, that thetemperature of the atmosphere, surfaces, or space(s) in the targetedarea(s) (210) be cooled to at least forty degrees Fahrenheit or lower.It is further preferred, without limitation, that the temperature of theatmosphere, surfaces, or space(s) in the targeted area(s) (210) becooled to at least thirty-two degrees Fahrenheit or lower. Thetemperature of the applied liquid (30) of which the aerosol (200) iscreated or the temperature to which the aerosol (200) is heated withother means, can also vary. It is also preferred, without limitation,that the aerosol (200) is administered or deployed into an environmentor targeted area(s) (210) where all heat emanating lights and/ormachinery are turned off before or during the administering ordeployment of the aerosol (200).

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can be designed andconstructed so that it can administer the generated aerosol (200) to aplurality of separate enclosed targeted areas (210). This can beaccomplished, without limitation, through the use of one or more pipes(220) that emanate from or connect to the apparatus (215) and administerthe aerosol (200) to the said enclosed areas (210). The flow of air orgas and aerosol (200) that emanates from the apparatus (215) may also,without limitation, be split various times, with one or more, or to oneor more pipes (220), and the various pipes (220) can interface, orconnect with one or more enclosed areas (210) in which the piped air/gasand aerosol (200) is administered. The one or more pipes (220) thatemanate from the apparatus (215) can connect with one or more valve(s)(775) that can open or close one or more pipe(s) (220) that can beconnected to one or more pipe(s) (220) or pipe junction(s) (790). Thevalve(s) (775) can be electronically opened or closed by one or morePLC(s) (315) connected to the apparatus (215), or one or more controlPLC(s) external to the apparatus (215), all in a manner known to thoseskilled in the art. The said valve(s) (775), pipe(s) (220), or otherrelated part(s) or component(s) can all be constructed from any materialthat is compatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30). Thisembodiment does not encompass any configuration(s) or application(s)where the plurality of targeted areas (210) or areas where the aerosol(200) is deployed is within the same room, since this is already knownto those skilled in the art. This embodiment may, without limitation, beused with any anti-pathogen/toxin/fungal/sporicidal agent(s) orsubstance(s) that may be in the form including but not limited to anyliquid, gas, vapor, plasma, or aerosol, which is generated, delivered,moved, or administered, by any means.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can, without limitation,be designed and constructed so that the drive electronics (645), or anypart of the drive electronics (645) that includes, but is not limitedto, one or more signal generator(s), that emit or send electrical signal(herein referred to as “signal” or “signals”) to energize thetransducer(s) (10), causing it to emit pressure (energy) of a desiredcharacter, can have the capability to emit or send various definedsignal or signal range(s) for various defined period(s) of time duringthe lifespan of the transducer(s) (10) in order to, without limitation,continue to operate or energize the transducer(s) (10) at a frequency orwithin a frequency range in which the transducer(s) (10) are able tohave an effective or functional output and/or operate at a frequency orin a frequency range where the transducer(s) (10) are able to operate ator within a range close to or at their maximum performance or aerosol(200) output. It is preferred, without limitation, that this embodimentpertains only to the new aerosol producing transducers (10) taught orclaimed in co-owned and co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No.11/915,524 titled “Method And Apparatus For Optimizing AerosolGeneration With Ultrasonic Transducers”. However, it is more preferred,without limitation, that this embodiment pertain not only to the aerosol(200) producing transducers (10) taught in co-owned and co-pending U.S.patent application Ser. No. 11/915,524 titled “Method And Apparatus ForOptimizing Aerosol Generation With Ultrasonic Transducers”, but also toother transducers (10) intended for aerosol (200) production, except forthose that operate at the resonant frequency of the transducer (10). Itis even more preferred, without limitation, that this embodimentpertains not only to the aerosol (200) producing transducers taught inco-owned and co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/915,524titled “Method And Apparatus For Optimizing Aerosol Generation WithUltrasonic Transducers”, but also to other transducers (10) intended foraerosol (200) production, except for those that operate at or near theresonant frequency of the transducer (10). The aforementioned exclusionsto the preferences are needed since the current art, without limitation,encompasses the operation of a transducer (10) at its resonantfrequency, as well as the design of the drive electronics (645) orancillary components to sense any changes in the resonant frequency ofthe transducer (10), and to automatically adjust the frequency of thesignal to the transducer (10) by way of the drive electronics (645) inorder to compensate for, or match the transducer's (10) resonantfrequency change. However, the prior art does not address the adjustmentof the signal output from the drive electronics (645) to an aerosol(200) producing transducer (10) that has an effective or optimumoperational frequency(s) above or below its resonant frequency thatchanges over time. One reason for this includes, without limitation, thecomplexity or difficulty to detect the optimum or effective operatingfrequency(s) for a transducer (10) at frequencies outside of theresonant frequency of a transducer (10), especially as it changes. Thiscan be appreciated by those skilled in the art.

Aerosol (200) producing transducer(s) (10) in the present invention canhave, without limitation, one or more frequency(s), group(s) offrequencies, or frequency range(s) in which they produce an aerosol(200) that can be characterized as effective, functional, or productive.The transducer(s) (10) utilized in the present invention can, withoutlimitation, operate at one or more specific frequency(s), group(s) offrequencies, or frequency range(s), where the transducer(s) (10) areable to generate a greater amount of aerosol when compared to otherfrequency(s), group(s) of frequencies, or frequency range(s).Furthermore, the transducer(s) (10) utilized in the present inventioncan, without limitation, have or exhibit one or more specificfrequency(s), group(s) of frequencies, or frequency range(s), where thetransducer(s) (10) are able to generate not only an effective orfunctional output of aerosol (200), but generate the maximum amount ofaerosol (200) or close to the maximum amount of aerosol (200) for eachtransducer(s) (10). Without limitation, for any frequency(s), group(s)of frequencies, or frequency range(s), where the transducer(s) (10)produce an effective, functional, or even maximum amount of aerosol(200) that is effective or functional, the aerosol output will decreaseas the frequency of the signal sent to the transducer(s) (10) eitherincreases or decreases from these established frequency(s), group(s) offrequencies, or frequency range(s).

Without being limited, any transducer (10) utilized in the presentinvention, may exhibit or have one or more additional frequency range(s)that encompasses the frequency(s), group(s) of frequencies, or frequencyrange(s) that will produce an effective, functional, or even maximumamount of aerosol. The magnitude of this frequency range can varygreatly, however, it is preferred without limitation, that thisfrequency range be within at least plus or minus 0.03 MHz (+/−0.03 MHz)from the frequency where the transducer(s) (10) generates the maximumamount of aerosol (200) or close to the maximum amount of aerosol (200)for a particular group of frequencies or frequency range, and issurrounded by frequency(s), group(s) of frequencies, or frequencyrange(s), where the transducer(s) (10) do not produce an effective orfunctional aerosol (200) output. It is more preferred, withoutlimitation, that this frequency range is within at least plus or minus0.05 MHz (+/−0.05 MHz) from the frequency where the transducer(s) (10)are able to generate the maximum amount of aerosol (200) or close to themaximum amount of aerosol (200) for a particular frequency, group offrequencies or frequency range, and is surrounded by frequency(s),group(s) of frequencies, or frequency range(s), where the transducer(s)(10) do not produce an effective or functional aerosol (200) output. Itis even more preferred, without limitation, that this frequency range iswithin at least plus or minus (+/−0.08 MHz) from the frequency that thetransducer(s) (10) are able to generate the maximum amount of aerosol(200) or close to the maximum amount of aerosol (200) for a particularfrequency, group of frequencies, or frequency range, and is surroundedby frequency(s), group(s) of frequencies, or frequency range(s), wherethe transducer(s) (10) do not produce an effective or functional aerosol(200) output.

It has been observed, without limitation, that the transducer(s) (10) inthe present invention, can have multiple, separate, or independent,frequency(s), group(s) of frequencies, or frequency range(s), where thetransducer(s) (10) are able to generate an effective, functional, orproductive aerosol (200) output. In addition, and without limitation, ithas been further observed that in between these frequency(s), group(s)of frequencies, or frequency range(s), the transducer(s) (10) do notproduce an effective or functional amount of aerosol (200).

It is important to note that the frequency or frequency range(s) inwhich the transducer(s) (10) produces either the maximum amount ofaerosol (200) and/or an effective or functional amount of aerosol (200)can, without limitation, vary, and that it can be at or close to theresonant frequency of the transducer(s) (10) or anywhere above or belowthe resonant frequency of the transducer(s) (10). Resonant frequency canrefer in this embodiment to either the resonant frequency of a freeunmounted transducer(s) (10) or a transducer(s) (10) that has beenmounted or assembled.

The resonant frequency of a transducer(s) (10) can, without limitation,increase due to age or other variables known to those skilled in theart. The nature of this change in resonant frequency can vary dependingon variables known to those skilled in the art. As the resonantfrequency of the transducer(s) (10) increases, the frequency range(s) inwhich the transducer(s) (10) would produce either the maximum amount ofaerosol (200) and/or an effective or functional amount of aerosol (200)can, without limitation, also increase.

Referring now to FIGS. 42-45, the drive electronics (645), or any partof the drive electronics (645) that includes, but is not limited to, oneor more signal generator(s) or ancillary components, used in the presentinvention can, without limitation, compensate for this shift or increasein frequency, and continue to operate the transducer(s) (10) at afrequency or frequency range where they produce either the maximumamount of aerosol (200) and/or an effective or functional amount ofaerosol (200). This does not pertain to the prior art that encompassesthe operation of a transducer (10) at its resonant frequency, as well asthe design of the drive electronics (645) or ancillary components tosense any changes in the resonant frequency of the transducer (10), andto automatically adjust the frequency of the signal to the transducer(10) by the drive electronics (645) in order to compensate for, or matchthe transducer's (10) resonant frequency change. However, due to,without limitation, the complexities or limitations involved with thismode of operation or its successful execution or implementation, thefollowing techniques can also be applied to aerosol (200) producingtransducer(s) (10) that operates at or near its resonant frequency. Thismay be accomplished in ways including, but not limited to: (a) switchingfrom one or more crystal(s) (825) that is initially used to generate onespecific frequency or specific frequency range, to one or more differentcrystal(s) (830) that is used to generate other specific frequency(s) orspecific frequency range(s). This can, without limitation, occurnumerous times, for various durations of time, over a period of time; or(b) switching from one or more signal generator(s) (835) that isinitially used to generate one specific frequency or specific frequencyrange, to one or more different signal generator(s) (840) that is usedto generate other specific frequency(s) or specific frequency range(s).This can, without limitation, occur numerous times, for variousdurations of time, over a period of time. Without limitation, thisswitching from one or more crystal(s) or signal generator(s) to anothercan also be performed multiple times or in multiple series with one or aplurality of crystal(s) or signal generator(s) with any frequency orfrequency range output. Also, and without limitation, if a plurality ofcrystal(s) or signal generator(s) is initially used, they as well as anysubsequent set of crystal(s) or signal generator(s) that are utilizedmay have any, similar, different, identical, approximately identical,frequency or frequency range output. Each of the one or more crystal(s)or signal generator(s) can, without limitation, be utilized to emit orsend either a specific frequency, or a range of frequency(s) that isamplified by one or more amplifier(s) (230), drive electronics (645), orother electronics known in the art, and is used to power or operate oneor more transducer(s) (10), all in a manner known to those skilled inthe art. It is preferred, without limitation, that the crystal(s) (845)is a direct or indirect part(s) or component(s) of the signalgenerator(s) (850). Each crystal(s) or signal generator(s) is, of atype, design, and construction, known to those skilled in the art. Anytype of crystal(s) (845) or signal generator(s) (850) can be used thatis effective. However, it is preferred, without limitation, that thecrystal(s) (845) is made from quartz and resonates at a frequency thatcan be used by a signal generator(s) (850) to create a waveform(s) thatis then amplified by an amplifier (230), drive electronics (645) orother electronics known in the art, to operate or energize thetransducer(s) (10) at a frequency where the one or more transducer(s)(10) can produce either the maximum amount of aerosol (200) and/or aneffective or functional amount of aerosol (200); or (c) utilizing, oneor more of, without limitation, drive electronics (645), signalgenerator(s) (850), or other component(s) or circuit board, that has themeans, ability, or capacity, to electronically produce the variousfrequency(s) or frequency range(s) that are needed or desired, and isknown to those skilled in the art. It is preferred, without limitation,that these electronics or circuitry has the ability or capacity to beprogrammed so that various frequencies or frequency ranges may becreated or generated, for various durations of time, over a period oftime.

The specific resonant frequency(s) for a free unmounted transducer(s)(10) or a transducer(s) (10) that has been mounted or assembled, as wellas the specific frequency(s) or frequency range(s) in which thetransducer(s) (10) produce either the maximum amount of aerosol (200)and/or an effective or functional amount of aerosol (200), can bedetermined, planned, calculated, plotted, or projected, over time, in amanner known to those skilled in the art.

This data can be used, without limitation, to program one or morecomponents such as, but not limited to, a signal generator or otherrelated components, or PLC(s) (315) which is, without limitation, eithera dedicated part of the signal generator(s) (850), amplifier(s) (230),drive electronics (645), or other components that are used to generateand send signal to energize the transducer(s) (10), or the PLC(s) (315)that is used to control and operate the apparatus in the presentinvention, to cause the switching from a crystal(s) (845) or signalgenerator(s) (850) to another in order to operate the transducer(s) (10)at a frequency or frequency range where they produce either the maximumamount of aerosol (200) and/or an effective or functional amount ofaerosol (200).

As shown in FIG. 46, according to an embodiment, the aerosol (200)generating apparatus (215) in the present invention, can be, withoutlimitation, connected, interfaced, or attached, to one or more sealed,semi-sealed, or semi-open, enclosure(s) or areas (herein referred to as“target enclosure(s)”) (855), that is erected, established, constructed,or positioned at any place or within any area that is, withoutlimitation, enclosed, not enclosed, semi-enclosed, sealed, semi-sealed,or unsealed. The said target enclosure(s) (855) can be withoutlimitation, any size, shape, or dimension, and constructed of anymaterial, and can be designed to be disposable or so that it can undergomultiple cycles of having the aerosol (200) applied to the interior ofthe target enclosure(s) (855) during, after, or both during and after,the use of the interior space of the enclosure(s) (860). The targetenclosure(s) (855) can, without limitation, be designed in a mannerknown in the art so that they can be connected, interconnected, orinterfaced, with one or more target enclosures(s) (855). The targetenclosure(s) (855) can, without limitation, be supported with a framethat is designed and interfaced with the target enclosure(s) (855) in amanner known to those skilled in the art. Without being limited, thetarget enclosure(s) (855) can also have one or more doors (870) ofvarious sizes, shapes, and locations, through which objects and peoplecan pass through, and can be designed to be opened, closed, andeffectively sealed multiple times in a manner known in the art. Withoutlimitation, the door (870) can be designed and function as an airlock.It is preferred, without limitation, that the enclosure has at least onedoor (870). The target enclosure(s) (855) can be made from any material.However, it is preferred, without limitation, that the material is atleast transparent or translucent. The target enclosure(s) (855) can haveone or more inbound air/gas ports (875) or outbound air/gas ports (880)interfaced anywhere with the target enclosure (855), through which airand aerosol (200) may be administered or exhausted. The said ports mayconnect, in a manner known to those skilled in the art, to one or moreaerosol generator(s) (215).

The target enclosure(s) (855) in this embodiment can have at least, butis not limited to, six features that distinguish it from chambers,tents, or bags, which have been used or have been proposed in the priorart. First, any wall(s), floor(s), or ceiling(s), of the targetenclosure(s) (855) can be, without limitation, pre-formed,pre-constructed, pre-laminated, pre-seam sealed, or pre-molded, so thatthe chamber can effectively or functionally follow or fit over or underone or more of any, object(s), fixture(s), architectural feature(s), orequipment or fixture(s) such as, but not limited to, exam tables, x-rayequipment, anesthesia equipment, heart rate monitors, cardiopulmonaryequipment, operating room theatre lights, laboratory equipment, orindustrial equipment (Herein referred to as “structure(s)” (885).Second, any wall(s), floor(s), or ceiling(s), of the target enclosure(s)(855), including any material (895) that fits over the said objects,fixtures, architectural features, or equipment or fixtures (885), can,without limitation, have various openings (890) of various shapes,sizes, and locations, to allow a person to access, without limitation,any objects, various human machine interfaces, tools, or move anyobjects in and out of the target enclosure(s) (855). The openings (890)can also have a means so that they can be opened, closed, andeffectively sealed multiple times. The openings may be designed orfunction as an airlock. Third, any wall(s), ceiling(s), or floor(s), ofthe target enclosure (855) may have one or more holes or openings of anysize, shape, or dimension, and be interfaced with one or more of anyplastic or glass panels, panes, or pieces (herein referred to as“panels”) (900) of any size, shape, or dimension. The panels can beeffectively interfaced and sealed with or into the wall(s), ceiling(s),or floor(s), of the target enclosure (855) in a manner known in the art.Any openings (890) may also interface with any plastic or glass panels(900), and the interface can be effectively sealed in a manner known inthe art. The plastic or glass panels (900) can, without limitation,offer to: (a) allow light into the target enclosure(s) (855) insituations where the wall(s), floors, or ceiling(s) of the targetenclosure (855) are opaque, (b) improve light transmittance or thequality of light that is transmitted into the target enclosure(s) (855),(c) decrease any diffraction of light entering the target enclosure(s)(855). Fourth, the target enclosure(s) (855) can utilize, withoutlimitation, any means known in the art to connect, interface, hang, orsuspend the target enclosure(s) (855) within the area in which it isplaced, so that the target enclosure(s) (855) is erected or positionedso that its interior space (860) can be effectively or efficiently used.It is preferred without limitation, that the ceiling(s) of the targetenclosure(s) (855) is suspended from at least one hook(s) (905) or othermeans of attachment that is effectively connected or attached to theceiling (910) or other location(s) in the area in which the targetenclosure(s) (855) is located. The various components and designsutilized for this purpose are known those skilled in the art. Fifth, thetarget enclosure(s) (855) can, without limitation, be constructed withor utilize any means known to those skilled in the art so that thefloor(s) of the target enclosure(s) (855) do not present a slip hazardfor any people working inside the target enclosure(s) (855). It ispreferred, without limitation, that the floor(s) of the target enclosure(855) be textured to reduce any potential slip hazards. Sixth, thetarget enclosure(s) (855) can, without limitation, be interfaced withone or more means for fire suppression (915) outside or within thetarget enclosure(s) (855), and can be designed and built for thisfeature in a manner known in the art. In addition, the components andmaterials utilized in this embodiment are constructed from any materialthat is compatible, and suitable for use with the liquid (30), and mayalso be fireproof or fire resistant. This embodiment may, withoutlimitation, be used with any anti-pathogen/toxin/fungal/sporicidalagent(s) or substance(s) that may be in the form including but notlimited to any liquid, gas, vapor, plasma, or aerosol, which isgenerated, delivered, moved, or administered, by any means.

Looking now at FIGS. 47-49, according to an embodiment, the aerosol(200) generating apparatus (215) in the present invention, can be,without limitation, connected, interfaced, or attached, to one or morespecially designed enclosure(s) (herein referred to as “applicationenclosure(s)”) (930) that consists of, one or more wall(s) (935) thatform one or more semi-enclosed or unenclosed area(s) (940) and where,without limitation, the interface, connection, or attachment, of anypart of these wall(s) (935) with any surface(s) (945), forms one or moreenclosed area(s) (950). The one or more wall(s) (935) of the applicationenclosure(s) (930) may also have one or more openings or holes (hereinreferred to as hole(s)) (955) of any size, shape, or dimension, and theinterface of these hole(s) (955) with any surface(s) (945), forms one ormore enclosed area(s) (950). The wall(s) (935) of the applicationenclosure(s) (930) can be, without limitation, constructed from any,stainless steel, metal, glass, cellulose, cloth, gauze, polyolefin,polymer, natural or manufactured fibers or materials that may be coatedor uncoated, combinations of these materials, or other materials knownto those skilled in the art. The wall(s) (935) of the applicationenclosure(s) (930) can be, without limitation, flexible, rigid,semi-rigid, opaque, translucent, or transparent.

The enclosed area(s) formed by the interface or contact of the saidwall(s) (935) or hole(s) (955) with any surface(s) (945) can be, withoutlimitation, sealed, fully sealed, semi-sealed, or unsealed, in a mannerknown to those skilled in the art. Any material that can form or createan effective seal or interface (herein referred to as “seal material”)(975) can also be, without limitation, glued, cemented, molded,laminated, adhered, or otherwise attached, to any part of the wall(s)(935) or hole(s) (955) that can come in contact with any surface(s)(945). Without limitation, the seal material (975) can be porous,permeable, semi-permeable, or impermeable, rigid, semi-rigid, orflexible, and can be constructed from materials including, but notlimited to any, stainless steel, steel, glass, cellulose, cloth, gauze,polyolefin, polymer, natural or manufactured fibers or materials thatmay be coated or uncoated, combinations of these materials, or othermaterials known to those skilled in the art. The seal material (975) orparts of the seal material (975) may also, without limitation, haveabsorbent characteristics to improve its efficacy. The seal material(975) or wall(s) (935) can have, without limitation, variousthicknesses, as well as lengths or heights, or it may even be designedto have the ability to vary its length(s), height(s), or thickness(s),in a manner that is known to those skilled in the art. The walls(s)(935) of the application enclosure(s) (930) can be constructed from theseal material (975).

In addition, the application enclosure(s) (930) can have, withoutlimitation, one or more port(s), opening(s), or airlock(s) (960) ofvarious sizes and shapes, which can be effectively sealed closed, or bein an open, semi-sealed, or unsealed state, in a manner known to thoseskilled in the art. The enclosure may also, without limitation, have oneor more gloves (965) attached to any of the port(s), opening(s), orairlock(s) (960) and be hermitically sealed to the applicationenclosure(s) (930), all in a manner known to those skilled in the art.This can, without limitation, allow an operator to handle any object(s)in the application enclosure(s) (930) without being exposed to anythingin the application enclosure(s) (930) or introducing anything into theapplication enclosure(s) (930).

The application enclosure(s) (930) can have one or more port(s) (970) atvarious locations through which inbound air/gas and aerosol, or filteredinbound air/gas from outside of the application enclosure(s) (930), canbe administered or moved into the application enclosure(s) (930). Theapplication enclosure(s) (930) can also have one or more port(s) (1055)at various locations through which outbound air/gas or aerosol, can moveout of the application enclosure(s) (930). Without limitation, anyoutbound air/gas or air/gas that is laden with aerosol can be filteredat any port (1055) or at any location after it has been removed from theapplication enclosure (930), with any means known to those skilled inthe art. The application enclosure(s) (930) can have various uses,including, but not limited to, being interfaced, strapped, positioned,or placed, over, with, or onto one or more object(s) or substance(s)(980), or targeted surfaces (985), at any angle or orientation, in orderto apply an aerosol (200) onto the various surfaces. This embodimentmay, without limitation, be used with anyanti-pathogen/toxin/fungal/sporicidal agent(s) or substance(s) that maybe in the form including but not limited to any liquid, gas, vapor,plasma, or aerosol, which is generated, delivered, moved, oradministered, by any means.

According to an embodiment, any objects or items such as, but notlimited to, hose(s), wire(s), pipe(s), or cord(s) (herein referred to as“cord(s)”) (990), which are present in the targeted area(s) (210) inwhich the aerosol (200) is administered or deployed, can be, withoutlimitation, held, lifted, or supported, by one or more holder(s) (995),that prevents the cord(s) (990) from touching or contacting the floor orsurface(s) (1000) on which the holder(s) (995) are placed, but can alsoinsure that all of the surfaces of the cord(s) (990) which interact withor contact the holder(s) (995) can also have contact, withoutlimitation, with the same liquid (30) that is aerosolized or deployed bythe apparatus in the present invention. Without limitation, surfacesthat contact one another are often difficult to reach or contact with anadministered aerosol (200) or other deployed substance(s), and thisembodiment, without further limitation, helps to reduce or eliminate anincomplete treatment or administration of the aerosol (200), or othertreatment product(s), to all of the desired or needed surfaces in atargeted area (210). In addition, the holder(s) (995) may also be usedwith any other chemical or agent delivery systems or apparatuses thatcan deliver any, without limitation, chemical(s), agent(s), orcompound(s) in the form including, but not limited to, any aerosol(s),gas(s), or vapor(s), for various purposes.

Without limitation, the said holder(s) (995), as shown in FIG. 50, canconsist of at least, but not limited to, the following components: (a)one or more cradle(s) or other means (herein referred to as “cradle(s)”)(1005), to hold or support the cord(s) (990), (b) absorbent material(s)(1010) that is interfaced, attached, or connected to the cradle(s)(1005), (c) one or more legs or supports (1010) that extend from or areinterfaced or attached to the cradle(s) (1005) or part(s) connected tothe cradle(s) (1005), (d) absorbent material(s) (1010) that isinterfaced, attached, applied, or connected in such a way so that it ispositioned between any parts or components of the holder(s) (995) andany surfaces (1000) on which the holder(s) (995) is placed or interfaceswith. Without limitation, the one or more legs or supports (1015) thatextend from or are directly or indirectly interfaced or attached to thecradle(s) (1005), can be of various number and lengths, and can bedesigned in a manner known to those skilled in the art.

The cradle(s) (1005) or absorbent material(s) (1010) can have one ormore slot(s) or a rippled shape of one or more ripple(s) (1025) so thatone or more cord(s) (990) can nest or lay in or interface with thecradle(s) (1005) or absorbent material(s) (1010). The holder(s) (995) isdesigned and constructed in a manner known to those skilled in the artso that the cord(s) (990) cannot easily twist, fall, or move out of thecradle(s) (1005) or absorbent material(s) (1010). An absorbentmaterial(s) (1010) is interfaced, attached, applied, or connected to thecradle(s) (1005) or holder(s) (995) in various ways known to thoseskilled in the art. The cradle(s) (1005) can also be constructed fromany absorbent material (1010). The cradle(s) (1005) and absorbentmaterial(s) (1010) can also be designed so that either the absorbentmaterial(s) (1010) or even the cradle(s) (1005) can be disposable. Theone or more legs or supports (1015) can also be constructed from anyabsorbent material (1010). The interface, attachment, application, orconnection, of any absorbent material(s) (1010) to the one or more legsor supports (1015) can be accomplished in various ways known to thoseskilled in the art.

The absorbent material(s) (1010) that is utilized, can be made of anyabsorbent materials, or combinations of absorbent materials, including,but not limited to, gauze, cellulose, any sponge like material, or anymaterial with absorbent qualities that is known to those skilled in theart. The absorbent material(s) (1010) is of a sufficient quality,thickness, density, size, shape, construction, consistency, and design,to complete its task at least once in an effective manner.

Any of the absorbent material(s) (1010) can also, without limitation, besoaked, saturated, or contacted, with any desired chemical, compound,agent, additive, or otherwise liquid (30), that would be used forvarious purposes. It is preferred, without limitation, that this isperformed before the cord(s) (990) are interfaced or positioned in or onthe cradle(s) (1005) or absorbent material(s) (1010), or the holder(s)(995) are placed on any floor or surface(s) (1000). This can, withoutlimitation, further increase the probability that all surfaces of thecord(s) (990), holder(s) (995), or surface(s) (1000) on which theholder(s) (995) is placed, have contact with the aforementionedchemical, compound, agent, additive, or otherwise liquid (30). It ispreferred, without limitation that the absorbent material(s) (1010) issaturated with the same liquid (30) that is generated into aerosol (200)in the present invention. This same absorbent material(s) (1010) canalso be positioned under the wheels of the aerosol generatingapparatus(s) (215). Any parts or components utilized to construct theholder(s) can be constructed from any material that is compatible, andsuitable for use with the liquid (30). This embodiment may, withoutlimitation, be used with any anti-pathogen/toxin/fungal/sporicidalagent(s) or substance(s) that may be in the form including but notlimited to any liquid, gas, vapor, plasma, or aerosol, which isgenerated, delivered, moved, or administered, by any means.

According to embodiments, as best shown in FIGS. 56-57, the apparatus(215) can, without limitation, be designed and constructed so weight ormass can be added or removed from any parts or components in order tomaintain a specific level of liquid (30), or at least an effectiveamount of liquid (30), that covers all of the aerosol producingtransducer(s) (10). Weight or mass (2000) can be can be added or removedfrom any parts that are directly or indirectly connected to any of thebuoyant object(s) (400), or the transducer assembly(s) (100) themselves.It is preferred, without limitation, that the weight or mass (2000)takes the form of one or more stainless steel weights (2000) that areattached to the buoyant object(s) (400) in a manner known to thoseskilled in the art, and the various weight(s) (2000) are added tonumerous positions or locations on the buoyant object(s) (400) in orderto maintain a specific and/or effective liquid level (30) above each ofthe one or more aerosol producing transducer(s) (10).

According to an embodiment shown in FIG. 64, the apparatus (215) can,without limitation, be designed and constructed so that the one or morebuoyant object(s) (400), or even the transducer assembly(s) (100)themselves may freely float within the liquid (30) in the reservoir(40). It is preferred, without limitation, the one or more transducerassembly(s) (100) is attached to only one buoyant object (400) and thetransducers are centered in connecting holes (920) cut in the buoyantobject (400). The buoyant object (400), and one or more transducerassembly(s) (100) are connected to any wall of the reservoir (40). It ispreferred, without limitation, that the one or more pieces of flexibletubing (375) that contains the wiring from the drive electronics (645)or amplifier(s) (230), emanates from a common wall of the reservoir(40), and connects to the side of each respective transducer housing(20) in order to power the one or more of the aerosol producingtransducer(s) (10).

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 57-58, the apparatus (215)can, without limitation, be designed and constructed so that air, or anycombination of gas(s), enters the fog tank or reservoir (40) through oneor more inlets or intake orifices (255), located opposite from the oneor more air outlets, exit orifices, or openings (170) that are locatedon the top, roof, or ceiling of the reservoir (40). It is preferred,without limitation, that the one or more air outlets, exit orifices, oropenings (170), consists of only one opening and the air outlet isformed or positioned at the end of a chimney (2020). Both the air inletsand air outlets can be any shape or size. It is also preferred, withoutlimitation, that the inbound air or gas is directed downward at variousangles, including vertically, into the fog tank or reservoir (40).According to another embodiment, the downward moving air stream may,without limitation, strike one or more surfaces that cause the inboundairflow to be redirected in various directions and angles inside of thereservoir (40). It is preferred, without limitation, that one or moreredistribution surfaces are located near the bottom of the reservoir,but at least above the highest possible liquid (30) level. The fog tankor reservoir(s) (40) can be any, without limitation, size, shape, orgeometry, and it can have any height of air space or volume above theliquid (30) that is located in the bottom of the reservoir (40). Theliquid (30) in the bottom of the reservoir (40) can be, withoutlimitation, any effective depth.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 57-58 and 69, the apparatus(215) can, without limitation, be designed and constructed so that theair entering the reservoir (40) is distributed to one or more locationsinside of the reservoir (40) via means such as, but not limited to,conduit, piping, tubing, channels (2010). According to an embodiment,these means to move the air can be easily removed for cleaning.According to another embodiment, this means to move, channel, ordistribute the inbound air to one or more locations throughout the fogtank or reservoir (40) can have various lengths, shapes, and geometries,and can have one or more holes or perforations (2030) of various sizesand shapes in various orientations, as best shown in FIG. 69. They canalso be partially or completely enclosed. These embodiments can reduce,diminish, or eliminate, unwanted air patterns or airflow in thereservoir and/or fog tank (40) such as, but not limited to, stagnantairflow, uneven or unbalanced airflow, turbulent airflow, or vortices.It is preferred, without limitation, that the air exiting these holes orperforations (2030), is directed downward toward the liquid in thereservoir (40). It is even more preferred that the air is directeddownward toward the bottom of the reservoir (40), and the bottom of thereservoir (40), or any area near the bottom of the reservoir (40), isdesigned so that the inbound air flow strikes a shelf (2600) (FIG. 64)or area that is not covered with liquid (30). The shelf (2600) can becanted at any angle. It is preferred, without limitation, the shelf(2600) is sloped downward at a forty-five degree angle toward the partof the reservoir (40) where the liquid (30) is held. It is verypreferred that the air is directed along the wall of the tank orreservoir (40) opposite from the wall closest to the one or moreorifices (170) though which the air and aerosol (20) exits the apparatus(215).

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can, without limitation,be designed and constructed so that the velocity and/or volume of airexiting from the reservoir (40) or apparatus (215) can be reduced at anytime during the aerosol generation and output cycle. It is preferredwithout limitation, this process occurs at or near the end of theaerosol generation and output cycle. It is also preferred, withoutlimitation, that the velocity and/or volume of air or gas exiting fromthe reservoir (40) or apparatus (215) is reduced to at least 150 cubicfeet or more per minute, and more preferred to at least 100 cubic feetor more per minute, and even more preferred that the air velocity bereduced to 10 cubic feet or more per minute. The decrease in thevelocity and/or volume of air or gas and aerosol (200) exiting from thereservoir (40) or apparatus (215) can, without limitation, promote amore rapid build up of aerosol (200) in the area surrounding theapparatus.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) can, without limitation,be designed and constructed so that it is connected to one or moresensors or has communication with one or more sensors to determine whenan effective or sufficient amount of aerosol (200) is applied to thetreated or targeted area. This embodiment includes configurations inwhich the sensor(s) may be directly or indirectly attached to theapparatus, or that one or more sensors may be remotely located andoperated in any location where the aerosol (200) may be administered.The sensor(s) can be positioned in any orientation and communicatedirectly or indirectly with the aerosol generating apparatus (215) invarious ways such as, but not limited to, radio, sound, wire, or fiberoptics.

According to an embodiment in FIGS. 52-55, a means to dehumidify (2040)an area in which the aerosol (200) is administered can be operated,without limitation, at any time during or after the apparatus (215) hasstopped administering the aerosol (200). The dehumidification cycle timecan vary for reasons including, but not limited to, the size of thetargeted area being dehumidified, the amount of aerosol (200) that isdeployed into the targeted area, the specific level of humidity that isdesired or chosen for the dehumidification process or the targeted area.

According to an embodiment, the means to dehumidify (2040) can delaystarting the dehumidification process for any period of time after,without limitation, receiving a signal or command to begin thedehumidification process, receiving any humidity level information, ordetecting a certain humidity level. This time delay can be impacted byinputs or factors such as, but not limited to, the size of the treatedspace, the temperature of the treated area, or the desired level ofdisinfection or efficacy of the process.

The means to dehumidify (2040) can be any means or apparatus known tothose skilled in the art. The means to dehumidify (2040) may also,without limitation, include or implement any catalytic technology knownto those skilled in the art. The means to dehumidify can also bedirectly or remotely programmed or controlled by any means known tothose skilled in the art such as, but not limited to any, software,relays, timers, programmable logic circuits, or integrated circuits.

In one embodiment shown in FIG. 52, the means to dehumidify (2040) anarea in which the aerosol (200) is administered is an independentapparatus that is “not” connected to the aerosol generating apparatus(215), and it is remote controlled or programmed by the operator, all ina manner all known to those skilled in the art. In another embodimentshown in FIG. 53, the means to dehumidify (2040) an area in which theaerosol (200) is administered, is also an independent apparatus, but inthis particular embodiment its operation is electrically controlled by,and electrically connected to, the aerosol generating apparatus (215)via connection (2050). In still another embodiment, the means todehumidify (2040) an area in which the aerosol (200) is administered, isalso an independent apparatus, but in this particular embodiment itsoperation is controlled by the aerosol generating apparatus (215) viaradio in a manner known to those skilled in the art. However, it iselectrically independent in this particular embodiment.

In an embodiment shown in FIGS. 54-55, the means to dehumidify (2040) anarea in which the aerosol (200) is administered contains one or morefilter media to filter the aerosol from the air during, or after itpasses over the chill coils. The filter media can be any filter known inthe art, but it is preferred, without limitation, that the filter mediaor mechanism consists of one or more separation cones (2060) thatseparates the aerosol (200) from the air as the air moves through theseparation cone(s) (2060).

In another embodiment, the means to dehumidify (2040) an area in whichthe aerosol (200) is administered is designed and manufactured so thatstainless steel filter material or metal mesh of any porosity size,number, and shape (2070) connects with, spans between, or is interwovenwith the one or more chill coils (2080) of various size and shape, thatare used by the means to dehumidify (2040). This construction may,without limitation, increase the cooling efficiency of the means todehumidify (2040) by increasing the cooled surface area.

In another embodiment, any liquid filtered from the air, or condensed bythe chill coil(s) (2080) or any connecting metal filter material ormesh, can without limitation, be collected in a common collectioncontainer.

In another embodiment, the means to dehumidify (2040) an area in whichthe aerosol (200) is administered is without limitation, designed andbuilt so it can receive any type of signal known to those skilled in theart, and this signal may cause the means to dehumidify (2040) to switchor direct the air flowing into or through any filter known to thoseskilled in the art, that is able to effectively remove any chosen orselected gas(s) or vapor(s) (2090) from the air in the treated area(s).It is preferred, without limitation, that this filter (2090) isconstructed from activated charcoal in a manner that is known to thoseskilled in the art, and one or more valves (2100), or other means knownto those skilled in the art, closes thus forcing air through a separatechannel that leads to the filtering (2090) means.

In another embodiment, the means to dehumidify (2040) an area in whichthe aerosol (200) is administered or deployed, can be, withoutlimitation, designed and built so the operator can program or selectvarious options including, but not limited to, (a) any time delaybetween when a certain humidity level or range of humidity is detectedand when the dehumidifier would commence the dehumidification process,(b) any humidity level where the means to dehumidify (2040) would stopthe dehumidification process, (c) any duration of time for moving,switching, or directing the air flowing into or through any filter(2090) that is able to effectively remove any targeted gas(s) orvapor(s) from the treated area(s), (d) any duration of time that themeans to dehumidify (2040) would operate and dehumidify the room.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 59-63, a means to effectivelyor efficaciously cover various types of inbound or outbound air ventsand/or any surrounding area or surfaces of the vents (2120), in thetreated area can, without limitation, be used in concert with theaerosol generating apparatus (215) or any aerosol or vapor generatingapparatus, and prevent or limit the movement of air, gas, aerosol (200)and vapor(s) through these vents (2120). This vent covering assembly(2300) consists of parts including, but not limited to, a means to coverthe vent (2110), any material extensions (2160) that are needed todirectly or indirectly attach to the cover (2110) so that it will havesufficient clearance and cover any protruding vent (2120) parts (3010),sealing material (2130) that can seal the cover (2110) to the vent(2120) or any surface(s) surrounding the vent, any one or more pole(s)(2140) which can, without limitation, be adjusted or modified for lengthby the operator, a means to directly or indirectly connect the pole(s)to the vent cover (2150), one or more means to directly or indirectlyconnect (2500) the pole(s) (2140) to the floor or any other surface(2400). This assembly of parts can be made of any mechanically,structural, and chemically suitable materials that are known to thoseskilled in the art for this application.

Any parts used to construct the vent covering assembly (2300) can beconstructed from various materials such as, but not limited to,stainless steel, glass, polymer, polyolefin, cellulose, or even naturalor manufactured fibers that are either coated or uncoated. It ispreferred, without limitation, that the vent covering assembly (2300) isconstructed from one or more polymers that can include, but is notlimited to, PVC, polycarbonate, polypropylene, and HDPE. The materialsused to construct the vent cover (2110) or extension(s) (2160) may berigid, semi-rigid, flexible, or pliable. It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the vent cover (2110) and any needed extension(s)(2160) are constructed from rigid PVC. The seal material (2130) can beany material that can create an effective seal with/against anymaterials that it contacts. It is preferred, without limitation, thatthe seal material (2130) is constructed from materials such as, but notlimited to, Viton, or EPDM, with a durometer of at least 10. The sealmaterial can be, without limitation, any foam, open or closed cellmaterial, and any shape or construction known in the art. The sealingmaterial (2130) can also vary with variables including but not limitedto its, size, shape, width, surface area, geometry, fit, thickness,density, hardness, elasticity, porosity, permeability, mechanicalproperties, physical properties, and other variables known to thoseskilled in the art. One or more strips or layers of various sealmaterial(s) (2130) may also be utilized and can be used in variousorientations, including, but not limited to, parallel to one another. Itis preferred, without limitation, that the seal material consists of asingle row of closed cell EPDM foam. Any of the surfaces of the ventcovering assembly (2300) can, without limitation, be electrically orelectrostatically charged in order to attract the “applied agent”. Thevent covering assembly (2300) can be designed and constructed for singleor multiple uses.

According to another embodiment, the vent cover (2110) and/or itsextensions (2160) can, without limitation, be constructed from, or bemolded with, any material that can create an effective seal, orotherwise function as the seal, which negates the use of a separate sealmaterial and/or seal layer (2130). This represents the vent cover (2110)in its simplest form. In this case, the vent cover (2110) and/or itsextensions (2160) is designed and constructed so that it incorporatesthe purpose, performance, traits, attributes, and characteristics ofboth the seal material and/or seal layer (2130) and the vent cover(2110) and/or extensions (2160).

In another embodiment, any parts connected directly or indirectly to themeans to cover the vent (2110) can be adjusted for height in order tocreate or maintain effective compression on any seal that is formed toeffectively or efficaciously seal or cover the air or gas vents (2120).It is preferred, without limitation, that the one or more pole(s) (2140)is constructed in a manner known to those skilled in the art, so thatits length can be adjusted and locked into position once sufficient oreffective force is exerted onto any part of the vent covering assembly(2300) such as, but not limited to, a means to cover the vent (2110)and/or the seal material (2130).

It is preferred, without limitation, that the means to cover the vent(2110) is any shape, size, construction, or geometry that issufficiently large enough so that the sealing means and/or seal material(2130) can effectively seal to or around any air vents (2120). It iseven more preferred, without limitation, that the means to cover thevent (2110) is in the shape of a plate or bowl. This means to cover thevent (2110) can, without limitation, have one or more structuralsupports that are positioned in a manner known in the art to prevent anyunwanted flexing of the means to cover the vent (2110) during use. Themeans to cover the vent (2110) can also, without limitation, haveextensions (2160) directly or indirectly attached to allow the variousvent cover components (2170) to effectively fit over the vent (2120) andany protruding vent parts (3010). The extensions (2160) can be made ofthe same materials as the means to cover the vent (2110), and have anythickness, width, length, height, geometry, or construction. Theextensions (2160) can, without limitation, follow the outline of themeans to cover the vent (2110).

The seal material (2130) can be attached to the vent cover (2110) or itsextensions (2160) in various ways known to those skilled in the art. Theseal material (2130) can be made from any compatible and suitablematerial. However, it is preferred, without limitation, that the sealmaterial (2130) consists of any suitable material and design that hassufficient compression and/or compliance to form an effective seal whenit is compressed or contacts between the vent cover (2110) and/orextension(s) (2160) and the vent (2120) or any surface surrounding thevent. It is even more preferred that the seal material (2130) hasabsorbent properties. A lip or other effective means can also be builtor formed around the seal material (2130) to catch or hold any liquid ifit is compressed out of the seal material (2130).

Any pole (2140) known to those skilled in the art, can be used in thepresent invention, but it is preferred, without limitation, that thepole (2140) has an adjustable length, and a locking means (3020) (FIG.61) known in the art to maintain the effective or chosen pole length.Any method known to those skilled in the art can be used to incorporatea pole (2140) adjustable for length into the present invention. It ispreferred, without limitation, that the pole (2140) consists of twoparts, and the length of the combined poles can either gain length orloose length depending on which way the operator screws or ratchets thetwo pole pieces. The pole (2140) connects either directly or indirectlyto the means to cover the vent (2110) and this connection can, withoutlimitation, swivel. It is preferred, without limitation, that the polescrews into a bracket or threaded block that is directly mounted to themeans to cover the vent (2110). The end of the pole that contacts thefloor or other surface, can also without limitation, be adjustable forlength, and have the ability to swivel. The end of the pole or supportmechanism (2800) can be, without limitation, formed from, molded,coated, adhered, or covered, with any absorbent material so that thesurface and/or area below the pole can be treated with any liquid. Theend of the pole or support mechanism (2800) can also, withoutlimitation, be manufactured with any material that will decrease themovement or slipping of the pole.

According to an embodiment, installation includes, but is not limitedto, pressing the means to cover the vent (2110) and its accompanyingseal material (2130), up against or around the vent (2110) and extendingthe pole until sufficient pressure is formed against or around the vent(2110), and the end of the pole (2140). Before, during, or afterinstallation, the seals (2130) and end of the pole (2140) can be,without limitation, soaked with or saturated with any liquid consistingof any anti-pathogen, toxin, fungal, sterilization, disinfection, orsporicidal agent(s) or mixtures thereof (herein collectively“agent(s)”).

According to an embodiment shown in FIG. 63, one or more attachmentpoints (2700) can be added to the design of a magnetic vent cover (2180)so that a means (2190), can be attached to the vent cover to pull itfrom the ceiling vent without the need for a person to use a means suchas, but not limited to, a ladder to reach it. This means (2190) used forpulling can include, but is not limited to, rope, cord, thread, wire,cable, twine, tube, that can be various, size, length, materials, andconstruction. Protruding objects (2200) of various lengths, shapes, andconstruction, can also, without limitation, be attached to the magneticvent cover (2180) in various ways known in the art, for the samepurposes. The protruding objects can include, but is not limited to, anydowel, pipe, or conduit, and can also be constructed from any suitablematerials, and have various flexibility or rigidity. The construction ofthe magnetic vent cover (2180) is known to those skilled in the art, butit can, without limitation, be made by laminating a sheet of magneticmaterial between two or more polymer layers. The magnetic material canhave any thickness, power, or strength, and the polymer coatings orlaminations, can be any suitable polymer. According to anotherembodiment, the magnetic vent cover (2180) can, without limitation,incorporate any deformable seal material (2130), which can increase theability of the magnetic vent cover (2180) to effectively seal the vent(2120). The seal material (2130) can without limitation, contact thevent (2120), surround the vent (2120), or contact any area near the vent(2120). The seal material (2130) can be encompassed or enclosed on oneor more sides by any magnetic material (2900) of any strength. The sealmaterial (2130) can be, without limitation, separated from the magneticmaterial (2900) by one or more layers of any suitable polymer of anythickness.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 60-61, one or more chemicalcontact or biological indicators (hereinafter “indicator(s)”) (3000) ofany size, type, or construction, may be mounted, held, hung, positioned,or placed, on any part including, but not limited to, the vent coveringassembly (2300), or any part directly or indirectly connected to thevent covering assembly (2300) or magnetic vent cover (2180). It ispreferred, without limitation, that the indicator (3000) is attached toa surface that faces the treated area. The vent covering assembly (2300)can be designed for the addition as well as removal of theseaccessories, in a manner known to those skilled in the art. Theindicator (3000) provides a means for communicating or assuring thatproper sanitization, detoxification, disinfection, high leveldisinfection, or sterilization has occurred, without limitation, onsurfaces on or surrounding the vent covering assembly (2300). A detaileddescription of the indicator (3000) is not specifically set forth, butis known to those skilled in the art.

According to embodiment shown in FIGS. 65-68, the “applicationenclosure(s)” (930) can include, without limitation, one or more wall(s)(935), of any material, that form one or more enclosed, semi-enclosed,or unenclosed area(s) (940). The one or more wall(s) (935) of theapplication enclosure(s) (930) may also have one or more openings orholes (herein referred to as hole(s)) (955) of any size, shape, ordimension, and the interface of these hole(s) (955) with any surface(s)(945), or any object(s) (3030), forms one or more enclosed area(s) (950)which can vary with respect to variables such as, but not limited toany, size, shape, or geometry.

According to an embodiment, the application enclosure (930) can also,without limitation, be designed and constructed so that it has one ormore opening(s) or orifice(s) (“hole(s)”) (955), and one or moreobject(s) (3030) with one or more various surfaces (945) can bepositioned or inserted through these hole(s) (955), and the direct orindirect contact or interface of the object(s) (3030) with these hole(s)(955) results or causes the enclosed area(s) (950) to become, withoutlimitation, effectively sealed. The hole(s) (955) can also be formedaround one or object(s) (3030). The object(s) (3030) can, withoutlimitation, be oriented, located, or inserted, completely through theenclosed area (950) in any orientation, through the one or more hole(s)(955). The hole(s) (955) can be any size, geometry, orientation, or inany location. The holes(s) (955) and/or any parts of the applicationenclosure (930) can, without limitation, be of any construction, and beadjusted by various means known in the art, to accommodate anyobject(s)'s attributes including, but not limited to size, width,length, shape, and/or geometry. The application enclosure (930) canalso, without limitation, be designed and constructed in a manner knownto those skilled in the art, so that it can be temporarily orpermanently mounted, strapped, or connected to any table, bench, orother surface.

Looking now at FIGS. 65-67, according to an embodiment, the applicationenclosure (930) can, without limitation, be designed and constructed sothat one or more object(s) (3030) or any combination of objects (3030)can be positioned in or onto one or more section(s) (3040) of the one ormore hole(s) (955) and/or their seal material (975), and the one or moreopposing section(s) (3050) of each hole(s) (955) and/or their sealmaterial (975), is then brought together by connecting the one or morecomponent(s) (3060) that create an effectively sealed enclosed area(s)(950) when joined. It is preferred, without limitation, that this isaccomplished by placing any number or combination of object(s) (3030)such as, but not limited to any legs, head, feet, hands, arms, or torso,inside or onto any part of the lower half (3070) of the section ofhole(s) (955) and/or any seal material (975) directly or indirectlyconnected to any parts constituting the lower half (3080) of theenclosed area (950), and then enabling contact of these object(s) (3030)with any part of the upper half (3090) of the section of the hole(s)(955) and/or any seal material (975) that is directly or indirectlyconnected to any parts constituting the upper half (3100) of theenclosed area (950). It is preferred, without limitation, that the upperhalf and lower half of the enclosed area (950) are connected. It is evenmore preferred that upper (3100) and lower (3080) halves are able tohinge open and closed in a manner known in the art. The variousapplication enclosure (930) parts, such as but not limited to the upper(3100) and lower (3080) halves can also, without limitation, beconnected with one or more of any mechanical means (3170) known to thoseskilled in the art, to apply pressure to areas such as, but not limitedto any seal between the upper (3100) and lower (3080) halves, and theone or more seals or interfaces between the object(s) and any part ofthe lower half (3070) and upper half (3090) sections, or any othersealing segments, of any hole(s) (955).

Any segments or parts of the hole(s) (955) can, without limitation,interface with the object(s) (3030) with one or more of any materials ofany construction. It is preferred, without limitation, that thismaterial is any seal forming material (975) or combination of materials(975), or any other means to form an effective seal (975), and is knownto those skilled in the art. It is even more preferred, withoutlimitation, that the seal (975) or any seal that interfaces with theobject(s) (3030) can be directly or indirectly adjusted in any way, foreffectiveness and fit and/or integrity, and can accommodate andeffectively seal to objects (3030) of various size, shape, width,length, and geometry, and is known to those skilled in the art. Theapplication enclosure (930) can, without limitation, seal or effectivelyinterface with one or more of any object(s) (3030) in a manner known inthe art, but it can be as simple as inserting the object(s) (3030) suchas, but not limited to, any or all parts of a patient's body through anyof the one or more hole(s) (955), and tightening or sealing any partconnected to the object (3030) interfacing seal material (975), orinterface material, that is directly or indirectly in contact with eachor all of the object(s) (3030) or body part(s), to form, withoutlimitation, an effective seal that can effectively seal the hole(s)(955). This can also be utilized, without limitation, for the hands orarms of any surgeons, nurses, technicians, or other personnel oroperators, that need to access the inside of the applicationenclosure(s) (930) for any reason. Any pneumatic means consisting of anymaterials, any sealing materials (975), and construction, known to thoseskilled in the art, may also, without limitation, be used to effectivelyseal directly or indirectly around any object(s), or hand(s) or arm(s)of one or more of any personnel that interface with the applicationenclosure (930) in any way for any reason. One or more gloves (965) canalso attach to any port(s), opening(s), or airlock(s) (960) or hole(s)(955) and be hermetically sealed to the application enclosure(s) (930).Furthermore, the gloves or gauntlets (965), and or any interface theymay have with the application enclosure (930) can, without limitation,be designed in a manner known to those skilled in the art, so that theymay be easily or quickly removed and replaced. It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the gloves or gauntlets (965) are disposable, and theycan be replaced after each use of the application enclosure (930).

According to an embodiment, the application enclosure (930) can, withoutlimitation, have one or more sources of pressurized or moving air or anygas, and these resulting flows or streams (herein referred to as“stream”) of air or gas (3140) can move in various ways over, under, oracross (herein referred to as “across”) any door or hole (955) whichpersonnel or robotics may use to access the inside of the applicationenclosure (930). The supplied air or gas stream (3140) can move, withoutlimitation, completely or partially across any part or entirety of anydoor or hole (955) opening, at any angle, and at any velocity or volume.It is preferred, without limitation, that the air or gas stream isactive or enabled for any door or hole (955) that is open or unsealed inany way, and the air or gas stream (3140) completely covers the door orhole (955) area and/or any area in close proximity to the door or hole(955). The one or more source(s) (3120) of the air or gas stream (3140)can be, without limitation, any size, shape, length, width, geometry,orientation, or construction, and can be positioned in any locations invarious effective proximity to any door, opening, or hole (955). The airor gas can, without limitation, be directed with any form of baffleslocated anywhere within the application enclosure (930). It is alsopreferred, without limitation, that the outlet orifice for the source(s)(3120) of the air or gas stream (3140) is rectangular in shape and spansat least the width of the door or hole (955). The one or more sources(3120) of the air or gas stream (3140) can be, without limitation,located above one another, directly or indirectly opposed to oneanother, and separated by any distance. The one or more source(s) (3120)of the air or gas stream (3140) can also be, without limitation,perforated, and the perforations can be, without limitation, any number,size, shape, or orientation. Any air or gas that is used to form the airor gas stream (3140) can be, without limitation, filtered before beingdeployed or flowed, by any type of filter or filtering method (3310)including, but not limited to, a HEPA filter, all in a manner known bythose skilled in the art.

It is also preferred, without limitation, that one or more door(s) orhole (955) cover(s) (Herein called “door(s)” (3110) can slide open andout of the way of the one or more human operator(s) or any robotic armsor tools, when access is needed to reach through the one or more hole(s)to work or perform any tasks anywhere inside of the enclosed area (950).The design and construction of the sliding door(s) (3110) is known tothose skilled in the art. The hole(s) (955) as well as any door(s)(3110) can be any, size, width, length, depth, shape, thickness,construction, and material, and the door(s) (3110) can move via anymeans, and any construction, known to those skilled in the art. It ispreferred without limitation that the sliding door(s) (3110) possessessufficient attributes known in the art so that it can effectively sealthe application enclosure (930) when it is closed. Any number of door(s)(3110) can be located at any location on the application enclosure(930). It is preferred, without limitation, that at least one door(s)(3110) is located on the top of the application enclosure (930). Theapplication enclosure (930), any structures inside of the enclosedarea(s) (950), and any hole(s) (955), are designed and constructed sothat the hole(s) (955) are positioned or located, without limitation, atany height, distance, or location, from any objects located inside ofthe application enclosure (930).

According to another embodiment, an object (3030) can, withoutlimitation, be placed completely inside the application enclosure (930),and all hole(s) (955) are either closed with door(s) (3110), or at leastone hole (955) is kept open or partially open to enable personnel accessinto the application enclosure (930) to conduct work or tasks.

Any parts used to construct the application enclosure (930), or anydoor(s) (3110), can be constructed from various materials such as, butnot limited to, stainless steel, glass, polymer, polyolefin, cellulose,or even natural or manufactured fibers that are either coated oruncoated. It is preferred, without limitation, that these parts orcomponents are constructed from one or more polymers that can include,but is not limited to, PVC, polycarbonate, polypropylene, and HDPE. Theapplication enclosure (930), or any door(s) (3110), can be, withoutlimitation, flexible, rigid, semi-rigid, opaque, translucent, ortransparent. It is preferred, without limitation, that rigid transparentmaterials are utilized.

According to an embodiment, one or more sources of vacuum (3130) (hereincalled “door vacuum”) located near the door(s) (955) can be, withoutlimitation, located anywhere in front of or opposed from the one or moreoutlet orifice(s) for the source(s) (3120) of the air or gas stream(3140) that can move various ways over, under, or across any door orhole (955). Any strength, velocity, volume, or amount of vacuum can,without limitation, be used. The orifice(s) for the door vacuum(s)(3130) can be, without limitation, any size, shape, length, width,geometry, orientation, or construction, and can be positioned in anylocations in close proximity to any door, opening, or hole (955). It ispreferred, without limitation, that the inlet orifice(s) for the doorvacuum(s) (3130) can be rectangular in shape and span at least the widthof the door or hole (955). The door vacuum(s) (3130) can be, withoutlimitation, located above one another and separated by any distance, andbe perforated with perforations that can be any, number, size, shape, ororientation. It is preferred, without limitation that the door vacuum(s)(3130) is active or enabled whiles the door or hole (955) is open orunsealed in any way, or one or more air or gas streams (3140) arepresent. Any air or gas that is pulled via vacuum can be, withoutlimitation, filtered by any type of filter or filtering method (3310)including, but not limited to, a HEPA filter, all in a manner known bythose skilled in the art.

The combination of the one or more stream(s) of air or gas (3140) movingin various ways over, under, or across any door or hole (955) andopposing door vacuum(s) (3130) can, create a synergistic effect thatcan, without limitation, reduce the chance of introducing contaminationinto the application enclosure (930) through any door or hole (955).

According to an embodiment, any positive pressure can, withoutlimitation, be established or maintained inside of the applicationenclosure (930) at any time, and for any duration, or during any part ofany cycle, by flowing air or any gas into the application enclosure(930). This positive pressure can, without limitation, be turned on oroff at any time, and for any duration, before, during, or after anynumber of procedures or treatments are conducted inside of theapplication enclosure(s) (930). Furthermore, any or all doors (3110)can, without limitation, be opened or closed at any time and for anyduration, during use of the application enclosure (930). Any positivepressure can, without limitation, be established or maintained inside ofthe application enclosure (930) whether any door(s) (3110) are open orclosed. One or more means or outlets utilized to supply (3270) the airor gas under positive pressure can, without limitation, be located atany location within the application enclosure (930). The supplied (3270)air or gas can also, without limitation, be filtered before beingdeployed or flowed into the application enclosure (930), by any type offilter or filtering method (3310) including, but not limited to, a HEPAfilter, all in a manner known by those skilled in the art. The air orgas can be supplied or flowed (3270) into the application enclosure(930) at any rate, speed or volume, and via means such as, but notlimited to, one or more fan(s) or blower(s).

According to another embodiment, one or more of the door vacuum(s)(3130) sources can also operate while a positive pressure is establishedor maintained inside of the application enclosure (930). Any strength,velocity, volume, or amount of vacuum can, without limitation, be used.It is preferred, without limitation, that the door vacuum(s) (3130) areactive or enabled while any door or hole (955) is open or unsealed inany way, or one or more supplied air or gas streams (3140) are present.Any supplied air or gas stream (3140) may also, without limitation, beactive near any door(s) (955) at any time while a positive pressure isestablished or maintained inside of the application enclosure (930). Thesupplied air or gas (3270) and the vacuum can, without limitation, varyin order to maintain a desired level of positive pressure inside of theapplication enclosure (930). This is especially important when openingssuch as, but not limited to, one or more door or hole(s) (955) is openor unsealed.

According to an embodiment, the application enclosure (930) can also bedesigned and constructed so that it has, without limitation, (a) anymeans to filter (3150) and/or dehumidify (3160) the atmosphere withinthe application enclosure to any humidity level at any time and for anyduration, (b) any means to either heat (3290) or cool (3300) theatmosphere inside the application enclosure at any time and for anyduration, (c) any means, located anywhere inside of the applicationenclosure (930), to either increase or decrease the pressure (3270)inside of the application enclosure at any time and for any duration,(d) a means to create an additional vacuum (3280) located anywhereinside of the application enclosure (930) to remove materials such as,but not limited to, any unwanted fumes, vapors or aerosols. Any air orgas that is supplied into, or pulled via vacuum inside, the applicationenclosure (930), can be, without limitation, filtered by any type offilter or filtering method (3310) including, but not limited to, a HEPAfilter, all in a manner known by those skilled in the art. In certaincircumstances, the various filters may, without limitation, be shared bysimilar equipment or processes, in a manner known to those skilled inthe art.

According to an embodiment, the application enclosure (930) as describedin the present invention, can be used in various ways including, but notlimited to, the following brief description of steps, activities, and/oror procedures, that can, without limitation, be undertaken: (a) locatethe object (3030) or patient's body, torso, or other parts of the body,in the application enclosure (930), (b) seal the application enclosure(930), (c) if desired or necessary, condition the atmosphere fortemperature within the application enclosure (930), (d) deploy, for anytime period, the aerosol and/or vapor (200) into the applicationenclosure (930), (e) terminate the deployment of the aerosol and/orvapor (200) once a sufficient time has passed to effectively fill theapplication enclosure (930), (f) expose the surfaces inside theapplication enclosure (930) to the aerosol and/or vapor (200) for asufficient amount of time to achieve an efficacious outcome, (g)dehumidify, to any desired humidity range, and/or remove the remainingaerosol and/or vapor (200) from inside the application enclosure (930),(h) conduct surgery on the patient, (i) if necessary or desired,redeploy, for any time period, the aerosol and/or vapor (200) into theapplication enclosure (930) during surgery and remove any humidityand/or aerosol as needed, (j) complete surgery, (k) if needed ordesired, terminate the surgery with a final redeployment of the aerosoland/or vapor (200), for any time period, into the application enclosure(930) (l) dehumidify, to any desired humidity range, and/or remove theremaining aerosol and/or vapor (200) from inside the applicationenclosure (930), (m) remove the patient from the application enclosure(930). These steps or procedures are only a small and incomplete exampleof the numerous combinations of various steps, activities, and/orprocedures, that can take place within the application enclosure (930).

According to another embodiment, the application enclosure (930) canhave various equipment located inside, such as, but not limited to any,lights, robotic apparatus(s) used for any purpose, imaging equipment,means to support or hold any objects, surgical or medical equipment oraccessories, and manufacturing equipment.

Looking now at FIG. 68, according to an embodiment, an aerosol and/orvapor is generated by a means such as, but not limited to, the aerosol(200) generating apparatus (215) in the present invention, and theaerosol and/or vapor (200) is delivered into one or more targeted areassuch as, but not limited to, any wound, any body cavity, surgical plainor surgical incision (3180). Any aerosol (200) or vapor generating meanscan be used in this embodiment. The aerosol and/or vapor is deliveredvia one or more tube, pipe, or conduit (herein called “application wand”or “wound wand”) (3190) which can be any, without limitation, angle,size, length, orientation, diameter, width, or geometry. The wound wand(3190) can be connected to the aerosol (200) generating apparatus (215)in various ways knows to those skilled in the art. The wound wand (3190)can also be designed and constructed so that it can be easily connectedor disconnected from any aerosol and/or vapor (200) supply line(s)(3200), and it can be effectively cleaned, sterilized, or disinfected,in a manner known to those skilled in the art. Various types of flexiblepipe or tubing (3200) can, without limitation, connect to theapplication wand (3190) in a manner known to those skilled in the art.

It is further preferred, without limitation, that one or moreperforations (3220) can be located at any location(s) on the applicationwand (3190). The perforations (3220) can be, without limitation, anysize, pattern, shape, angle, geometry, and any orientation. Theapplication wand (3190) can also be designed to interface withinterchangeable tips (3230) that vary in attributes such as, but notlimited to, length, diameter, any exit orifice (3210) attributes, numberor size of perforations (3220), angle of perforations (3220). Theinterchangeable tips (3230) can connect to the application wand (3190)in a manner known to those skilled in the art. The exit orifice (3210)can be, without limitation, any shape, size, geometry, in order todevelop an effective and efficacious device.

According to an embodiment, the application wand (3190) can, withoutlimitation, incorporate any means anywhere on its surface which whenactuated or activated (3240), controls and/or stops the flow of aerosol(200) and/or vapor that emanates from the application wand (3190) or anyof its interchangeable tips (3230). These control functions can beseparate or combined control interfaces. These means (3240) can, withoutlimitation, be any mechanical/electrical means known to those skilled inthe art.

According to an embodiment, any parts used to construct the applicationwand (3190) can be constructed from various materials such as, but notlimited to, stainless steel, glass, polymer, polyolefin, cellulose, oreven natural or manufactured fibers that are either coated or uncoated.It is preferred, without limitation, that the application wand (3190) isconstructed from one or more polymers that can include, but is notlimited to, PVC, polycarbonate, polypropylene, and HDPE. The materialsused to construct the application wand (3190) may have any rigidity. Anysurfaces of the application wand (3190) may have any electrical charge.

According to another embodiment, the application wand (3190) can,without limitation, incorporate any means, known to those skilled in theart, to mount or attach to, integrate, attach, or combine, eithertemporarily or permanently, any devices or to any devices, such as, butnot limited to any, source of light, means to present or create suction,camera or any other imaging or video device, cauterization, roboticgrips or hands, scalpel, means for suture application or removal, or anymeans for applying electrical shock or pulses.

Any, (a) liquid, (b) mixture or solids suspended in any liquid, (c)solution, (d) medication, (e) organisms, (f)anti-pathogen/toxin/fungal/sporicidal agent(s) or substance(s), (g)micro machine(s) or structure(s), (h) nano machine(s) or structure(s),may also, without limitation, be used in these embodiments.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 70-73, a means (herein called“multi interface assembly”) (3320) is designed and constructed to coveror at least isolate or prohibit the whole or at least a part of, one ormore of any means that enable movement for the apparatus (215) or anyother equipment or accessories located in the targeted or treated area(3310) such as but not limited to any wheels, tracks, rollers, or othermovable means (herein collectively “wheel(s)”) (3330), from having anycontact with any floor or surface that they rest on (herein called“floor”) (3340) in various situations such as, but not limited to, whenthe apparatus (215) or other equipment or accessories is moved, stopped,or held in a static or semi-static position, and the wheel(s) (3330) arein direct or indirect contact with one or more of any absorbentmaterial(s) (3350) that can hold, contain, or absorb any liquid. Theabsorbent materials (3350) or any construct containing absorbentmaterials (3350) are either treated or pretreated in various ways knownto those skilled in the art, with any liquid agent(s), so that both thewheel(s) (3330) and the floor (3340) can come in contact with the liquidagent(s). It is preferred, without limitation that the absorbentmaterial(s) (3350) is saturated with the same liquid (30) that isgenerated into aerosol (200) in the present invention.

In the first part of this embodiment, the multi interface assembly(3320) can include one or more materials or parts, where the wheel(s)(3330) are moved or rolled onto or into one or more basin or indentation(herein called “basin”) (3360). One or more walls or edges of anybasin(s) (3360) can, without limitation, be formed of any angledmaterial or ramps (3690), of any angle, size, construction, or length,to facilitate unhindered and easy movement of any wheel(s) (3330) intoand out of the basin(s) (3360). The multi interface assembly (3320) canbe made of one or more materials such as, but not limited to, stainlesssteel, glass, cellulose, polyolefin, paper, polymer, natural ormanufactured fibers or materials, that may be coated or uncoated, orconstructed with combinations of these materials, or other materialsknown in the art. However, any of the materials that can have anycontact with the wheel(s) (3330) and any floor surface(s) (3340) shallhave absorbent properties and can, without limitation, be any thicknessand have any durometer. The basin(s) (3360) can, without limitation, beconstructed from, or lined with, absorbent material(s) (3350) of anythickness, and it can have any dimensions, including any depth. Thebasin (3360) can, without limitation, have one or more directly orindirectly connecting lips or ramps (3370) of various length and angle,extending into one or more directions, to facilitate easier entry of thewheel(s) (3330) into the basin (3360), and/or onto the multi interfaceassembly (3320), from the floor (3340). This can, without limitation,help the operator so that they do not have to lift the apparatus toposition the wheel(s) onto the absorbent material(s) (3350). Theabsorbent material(s) (3350) can be pretreated with one or more liquidagent(s), or the operator can moisten the absorbent material(s) (3350)with one or more liquid agent(s) in a manner known in the art, before orafter the wheel(s) (3330) have had contact with the absorbentmaterial(s) (3350). The multi interface assembly (3320) may, withoutlimitation, also have one or more of any tube, duct, pipe, conduit,tunnel, pathway, or connection (herein called “basin tube”) (3380), thatconnects any part of the basin (3360), or any other structure orcomponent that directly or indirectly connects to any part of any basin(3360), with any of the absorbent material(s) (3350) that can havecontact with any floor surface(s) (3340), so that any liquid or moisturemay be transported, moved, or flow, at any rate or speed, from the basin(3360) to any of the absorbent material(s) (3350) contacting any floor(3340) surfaces. It is also possible, without limitation, to exclude thebasin (3360), but keep one or more of any other attributes of the multiinterface assembly (3320), which represents the multi interface assembly(3320) in its simplest form.

The multi interface assembly (3320) may, without limitation, also haveone or more ridges (3390) of effective height that protrude verticallyor on any effective angle to perform functions such as, but not limitedto, prohibiting movement of the wheel(s), and maintaining the positionof the wheel(s) (3330) on the absorbent material(s) (3350). The ridges(3390) may also be lined with absorbent materials (3350). The multiinterface assembly (3320) may, without limitation, also have one or morehandles or grip points attached or built into its design to facilitateeasier handling.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 74-75, the multi interfaceassembly (3320) may, without limitation, also include one or moreremovable absorbent material(s) (3350), and can be, without limitation,be directly attached to any wheel(s) (3330) and held or positioned intoplace with a variety of methods or combination of methods known in theart, including, but not limited to, the use of one or more pieces ofelastic material (3400) around one or more edges of the absorbentmaterial(s), and/or the use of one or more string laces or elastic bandsor other material (3410) connected to the inside diameter of theabsorbent material(s) assembly. This version represents the multiinterface assembly (3320) in its most simple form.

According to an embodiment shown in FIG. 76, the apparatus (215) or anyaerosol generator can, without limitation, be designed and constructedso that one or more filters (3420), known to those skilled in the art,can be connected to any parts of the plumbing anywhere in the design ofthe apparatus (215), as well as located anywhere inside of the varioustanks used in the design of the apparatus (215). The filter(s) can,without limitation, be disposable and they can be designed for use inthe apparatus (215), in a manner known to those skilled in the art, sothat they are effective and easy to replace. In addition, all of thevarious devices and plumbing in the apparatus (215) such as, but notlimited to any, feed tank(s) (280), reservoir(s) (40), feed tankvalve(s) (300), pump(s) (130), filter(s) (3420), blower drain valve(3430) and system drain valve(s) (660), can be located and designed sothat when the apparatus (215) is drained of all of the liquid agent(s)within it, it may be fully emptied of all liquid. This can, withoutlimitation, facilitate thorough cleaning of the apparatus (215) andreduce any potential for damage resulting from any freezing liquid.Furthermore, the apparatus (215) may, without limitation, have one ormore cleaning function(s) or program(s) designed into its hardwareand/or system operating software so that all of the various valves inthe system can simultaneously open in order to help purge or entirelydrain the apparatus (215). This functionality can also, withoutlimitation, be used to drain the various systems and plumbing of theapparatus (215) as it is being flushed and cleaned out.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 76-77, the apparatus (215) orany aerosol generator can, without limitation, be designed andconstructed so that any enclosure(s), cover(s), or housing(s) (hereincalled “blower housing”) (3440), that enclose or hold any fan, blower,or other source of pressurized air (180), including, without limitation,any attached conduit(s), pipe(s), or tubing, may be drained of anyliquid that may build up in these areas during operation or cleaning ofthe apparatus (215). This liquid can, without limitation, be drained, ina manner known to those skilled in the art, to any tank(s), holdingtank(s), drain port(s), or tank(s) and/or reservoir(s) (40) where theaerosol (200) is created. The apparatus (215) can be plumbed in variousways known to those skilled in the art, so that this liquid can be fullydrained and removed from the apparatus (215) or any device. The liquidcan also, without limitation, be drained back into the tank(s) orreservoir(s) (40) where the aerosol (200) is created.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 78-79, one or more of anypipe(s), tube(s), hose(s), or other enclosed or semi-enclosed means fortransporting any amount of generated aerosol (herein collectively “fogtube(s)”) (3450), are positioned within any tank or reservoir(s) (40) inwhich aerosol is created, and connect the inside of the reservoir(s)(40) with their exterior and/or the exterior of the apparatus (215). Thereservoir(s) (40) are connected to one or more of any fan, blower, orother source of pressurized air (180) that can, without limitation, moveany quantity of air at any rate into and through the reservoir(s). It ispreferred, without limitation, that a blower (180) is used that has anoutput of at least 90 cubic feet/minute (cfm) or more. It is morepreferred, without limitation, that a blower (180) is used that has anoutput of at least 150 cfm or more. It is even more preferred, withoutlimitation, that a blower (180) is used that has an output of at least250 cfm or more. It is very preferred, without limitation, that a blower(180) is used that has an output of at least 350 cfm or more. It is verypreferred, without limitation, that a blower (180) is used that has anoutput of at least 450 cfm or more. In addition, the tanks orreservoir(s) (40) can be, without limitation, sealed, semi-sealed, orunsealed. It is preferred, without limitation, that the tanks orreservoir(s) (40) are sealed.

One or more of the fog tube(s) (3450) can, without limitation, connector pass through one or more plate(s) (3460) or other structure, that canbe attached to various parts of the apparatus (215) or any reservoir(s)(40). It is preferred, without limitation, that the plate(s) can bedesigned and constructed so that they and any attached fog tube(s)(3450) can be easily removed from the apparatus (215) or reservoir(s)(40). This can help with activities such as, but not limited to,installation, removal, and cleaning, of the plate(s) (3460) and the fogtube(s) (3450). It is preferred, without limitation, that the plate(s)(3460) and the fog tube(s) (3450) are constructed so that they form asealed assembly when they are directly or indirectly attached to theapparatus (215) or any reservoir(s) (40).

The one or more open tube end(s) (3470) of each fog tube (3450) ispositioned effectively and approximately above each transducer (10) orother source of the generated aerosol (200). However, the one or moreopen tube end(s) (3470) of each fog tube (3450) can also be located,without limitation, effectively and approximately to any sides, or anyother angle or angled aspect, relative to each transducer (10), othersource of the generated aerosol (200), or any geyser or eruption formedon the surface of any liquid (30) above any transducer (10). It ispreferred, without limitation, that each open tube end(s) (3470) ishorizontally angled above each geyser or eruption formed on the surfaceof any liquid (30) above any transducer (10), or other source of thegenerated aerosol (200).

In another part of this embodiment, one or more open tube end(s) (3470)can, without limitation, be positioned effectively and approximatelyabove or near any group of one or more transducer(s) (10), or othersource of the generated aerosol (200).

In another part of this embodiment, the distance that each open tube end(3470) is positioned relative to each geyser or eruption formed on thesurface of any liquid (30) above any transducer (10), or other source ofthe generated aerosol (200), is an important part of this embodiment andthe present invention. It is preferred, without limitation, that eachopen tube end (3470) is positioned approximately 0 to 6 inches or morefrom the surface of any liquid (30) above any transducer (10), or othersource of the generated aerosol (200). It is more preferred, withoutlimitation, that each open tube end (3470) is positioned approximately0.5 to 1 inches or more from the surface of any liquid (30) above anytransducer (10), or other source of the generated aerosol (200). It iseven more preferred, without limitation, that each open tube end (3470)is positioned approximately 1 to 2 inches or more from the surface ofany liquid (30) above any transducer (10), or other source of thegenerated aerosol (200). It is very preferred, without limitation, thateach open tube end (3470) is positioned approximately 2 to 3 inches ormore from the surface of any liquid (30) above any transducer (10), orother source of the generated aerosol (200). It is most preferred,without limitation, that each open tube end (3470) is positionedapproximately 3 to 4 inches or more from the surface of any liquid (30)above any transducer (10), or other source of the generated aerosol(200). Investigation in the laboratory has found that the maximumeffective distance is approximately four (4) inches from the surface ofthe liquid agent(s) (30) above each transducer (10), when using one ormore transducer(s) (10), and after that distance the performance,effectiveness, and/or efficacious, quickly diminishes.

In another part of this embodiment, the length and/or position of thefog tube(s) (3450) can, without limitation, change inside anyreservoir(s) (40) to accommodate any changing liquid (30) levels and tomaintain the effective distance of any open tube end(s) (3470) to thesurface of any liquid (30) above any transducer(s) (10), or other sourceof the generated aerosol (200). This can, without limitation, beachieved in various ways including, but not limited to, designing andconstructing the fog tube(s) (3450) so they are flexible or made fromone or more movable or collapsible segments (3480), and the open tubeend(s) (3470) are maintained at a specific distance from the surface ofany liquid (30) through the use and any direct or indirect connection ofone or more of any float(s) (3490) that can float on the surface of theliquid agent(s) (30) in the reservoir(s) (40).

In another part of this embodiment, the total length of each fog tube(s)(3450) is also an important part of this embodiment and the presentinvention. The fog tube(s) (3450) can, without limitation, have anytotal length, but this length should at least be effective andefficacious. However, it is preferred, without limitation, that the fogtube(s) (3450) have a total length of approximately between six (6) andsixty (60) or more inches. It is more preferred, without limitation,that the fog tube(s) (3450) have a total length of approximately betweenfourteen (14) and twenty-four (24) or more inches. It is even morepreferred, without limitation, that the fog tube(s) (3450) have a totallength of approximately thirty-six (36) or more inches. It is verypreferred, without limitation, that the fog tube(s) (3450) have a totallength of approximately forty-eight (48) or more inches.

In another part of this embodiment, the fog tube(s) (3450) can also,without limitation, have any diameter, but the diameter should at leastbe functional, effective, and/or efficacious. It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the fog tube(s) (3450) have a diameter of approximatelythree (3) inches. The fog tube(s) (3450) can, without limitation, bepositioned in any pattern and any distance from each other. It ispreferred, without limitation, that the fog tube(s) (3450) are locatedapproximately 2.5 inches edge to edge of their outside diameter (OD)from each other in a linear row. The fog tube(s) (3450) can, withoutlimitation, extend any length and in any direction or angle as they exitthe apparatus (215) or any reservoir(s) (40). It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the fog tube(s) (3450) extend approximately three (3)inches vertically out of one or more reservoir(s) (40) which areconnected directly or indirectly with the exterior skin of the apparatus(215).

The one or more external open tube end(s) (3500) of each fog tube(3450), located external to the apparatuses (215) or any reservoir(s)(40), can terminate in any direction or angle, which can be altered incertain embodiments as a result of the construction of the tube(s)(3450). It is preferred, without limitation, that the one or moreexternal open tube end(s) (3500) are angled at least at a 45 degreeangle, and they are pointed in a direction away from the apparatus(215). It is more preferred, that the one or more external open tubeend(s) (3500) are pointing vertically. It is even more preferred, thatthe one or more external open tube end(s) (3500) are pointed towards themiddle of the targeted or treated area (3310).

In another part of this embodiment, the fog tube(s) (3450) within thereservoir(s) (40) can, without limitation, have one or more of any bendsor geometries before the open tube end(s) (3470) of any fog tube(s)(3450) are located, without limitation, effectively and approximately toany sides, above, or any other angle or angled aspect, relative to eachtransducer (10), other source of the generated aerosol (200), or anygeyser or eruption formed on the surface of any liquid (30) above anytransducer(s) (10).

In another part of this embodiment, one or more open tube end(s) (3470)can, without limitation, be configured to directly or indirectly attachto any external tubing, any dispersal implement(s), or any fixture(s) orattachment(s) used to interface with any enclosures, rooms, or othertargeted areas or structures.

In another part of this embodiment, any filter (3860) can befunctionally located or attached along the path of any fog tube(s)(3450), or to the one or more external open tube end(s) (3500) of eachfog tube (3450). The one or more of any filter(s) (3860) can filter theoutput or any air/gas and/or aerosol (200) before it leaves theapparatus (215). The filter(s) can remove any quantity or any size ofaerosol particles. It is preferred, without limitation, that the filtersremove any aerosol droplets below 3 microns in size.

According to an embodiment shown in FIG. 76, the apparatus (215) or anyaerosol generator can, without limitation, be designed and constructedso that any of its inlets or intake orifices (255), or any air outlets,exit orifices, or openings (170), can have one or means (herein called“door(s)” (3510)) to effectively cover and/or seal closed one or more ofthese openings. It is preferred, without limitation, that these door(s)(3510) can effectively seal to keep any liquid, gases, or vapor fromescaping from the apparatus (215). It is also preferred, withoutlimitation, that the door(s) (3510) is designed and constructed in sucha way so that it can effectively be opened and closed in a manner knownto those skilled in the art. It is even more preferred that the door(s)(3510) are attached either directly or indirectly to the apparatus (215)via any type of hinge known to those skilled in the art. The door(s)(3510) can be removable, or permanently attached to the apparatus (215).Any sensor known to those skilled in the art can also, withoutlimitation, be utilized so that the apparatus cannot be operated if anyof the door(s) (3510) are closed, or any of the inlets or intakeorifices (255), or any air outlets, exit orifices, or openings (170),are covered in any way. The door(s) (3510) can, without limitation, beautomatically opened or closed and controlled by any software,electronics, PLC (315), or HMI (320).

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) or any aerosol generatorcan, without limitation, be designed and constructed so that anysoftware, hardware, electronics, PLC (315), or HMI (320) (hereincollectively called “PLC” (315)), shall monitor, log, or record when,and/or the time between when, the apparatus (215) is fully drained ofany liquid (30) in its various components. This can be monitored invarious ways including, but not limited to, using any liquid levelsensors known to those skilled in the art to determine when all of thevarious reservoir(s) (40) are empty of any liquid (30), or the PLC (315)monitoring the time that the one or more of any valve(s) such as, butnot limited to any feeder tank valve(s) (300), or any main drainvalve(s) (660), are open to release the liquid (30) out the apparatus(215), and determining whether these various valves(s) are open longenough to fully drain the apparatus (215). The apparatus (215) can,without limitation, be programmed to take various actions after anyliquid (30) in the apparatus (215) has expired, or reached a point oftime either for the life of the liquid and/or for the time the liquid isin the apparatus (215) where the liquid (30) has expired, the liquid(30) has reached an unacceptable level of degradation, or the liquid(30) is at a point where it is near expiring, or the liquid (30) isotherwise at a point where it is at or near a point where it can loseits efficaciousness. These actions include, but are not limited to, theapparatus (215) ceasing to operate, the inability or refusal of theapparatus (215) to begin an operation cycle, the apparatus (215)notifying its operator, in various ways known to those skilled in theart, that the liquid (30) in the apparatus needs to be purged or drainedin order for the apparatus (215) to resume operation either separatelyor in combination with one another. In addition, the apparatus (215) canbe programmed so that the operator of the apparatus is only warned thatthe liquid (30) has or is near expiration, and the apparatus (215) doesnot take any further action than that. It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that if the liquid (30) is at a point where it reaches alevel of unacceptable degradation, the apparatus (215) shall not operateuntil all of the various valves (300) (660) in the apparatus (215) areopen at least long enough to fully drain the apparatus if it was filledto capacity. The draining of the apparatus (215) can also, withoutlimitation, take place in one or more interrupted or uninterrupted timedstages. This can, without limitation, be controlled with the use of anysoftware or PLC (315), in a manner known by those skilled in the art.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 80-82, the one or more of anysensor(s) (herein called “agent sensor(s)” (3530), that are utilized todetermine if an effective, efficacious, or sufficient amount of anyvapor or aerosol (200) has been applied to the targeted or treated area(3310) and/or surfaces can, without limitation, be located in variouslocations or areas including, but not limited to, near the ceiling(s),highest area(s), or near the highest surface(s) (herein called “ceiling”(3520), within one or more space(s) or area(s) where the vapor oraerosol (200) is deployed. The agent sensor(s) (3530) can be any,without limitation, light source (725) and light sensor (730), humiditysensor, or moisture sensor, or combinations thereof.

The agent sensor(s) (3530) can be located at any distance from theceiling (3520). It is preferred, without limitation, that the agentsensor(s) (3530) are located approximately zero to fourteen (0-14)inches from the ceiling (3520). It is even more preferred that thesensor(s) (3530) are located three to six (3-6) inches from the ceiling(3520). In addition, the agent sensor(s) (3530) can also, withoutlimitation, be located in various locations or areas including, but notlimited to, near any, floor(s), lowest area(s), or lowest surface(s) inthe targeted or treated area (3310) (herein called “floor” (3340),within one or more space(s) or area(s) where the vapor or aerosol (200)is deployed. The agent sensor(s) (3530) can be located at any distancefrom the floor (3340). It is preferred, without limitation, that theagent sensor(s) (3530) are located approximately zero to fourteen (0-14)inches from the floor (3340). It is even more preferred that the sensorsare located three to six (3-6) inches from the floor (3340).

One or more agent(s) sensor(s) (3530) can, without limitation, bepositioned, or mounted on the same structure, such as, but not limitedto, any pole (3540) of any length. The pole (3540) can also beadjustable for any length or height. It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the sensor(s) (3530) are located on one or more poles(3540) attached to one or more of any apparatus (215), or one or more ofany dehumidifier (2040). It is more preferred, without limitation, thaton each mounting structure or pole (3540) that is used, at least onelight source (725) is located effectively near the floor (3340), and atleast one light sensor (730) is located in-line and vertically above thelight source (725) effectively near the ceiling (3520). Multiple agentsensor(s) (3530) can, without limitation, communicate with one or morePLC (315) or HMI (320) in various ways known to those skilled in theart.

According to an embodiment, it is intended, without limitation, that theone or more of any dehumidifier(s) (2040) in the present invention isany means that can dehumidify any air, gas, or atmosphere, in thetargeted area(s) (3310) using various technologies and parts such as,but not limited to, any blower (180), chiller surface(s) or chillcoil(s), cooling tub(s), cooling surface(s), compressor, refrigerant, orother parts or combination of parts, known to those skilled in the art.Any humidity level can be set as the target point for thedehumidification process to meet. However, it is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the humidity level is reduced to 70% or lower after anytreatment process(s) or operational cycle(s) have are complete. It ismore preferred, without limitation, that the humidity level is reducedto 50% or lower following any treatment process(s) or operationalcycle(s) are complete. It is even more preferred, without limitation,that the humidity level is reduced to 40% or lower following anytreatment process(s) or operational cycle(s) are complete. It is mostpreferred, without limitation, that the humidity level is reduced to 30%or lower following any treatment process(s) or operational cycle(s) arecomplete.

According to an embodiment, the one or more of any dehumidifier(s)(2040) in the present invention can be any means that can dehumidify anyair, gas, or atmosphere, in the targeted area(s) (3310) using anytechnologies and parts known to those skilled in the art, and cantransfer the dehumidified air flow to the generator (215), such as by aconduit (2050).

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 83-87, an enhanced impactiondevice (3550) improves the present art and it can, without limitation,be utilized to remove any quantity of aerosol (200) from any air or gasthat is flowed through it. This impaction device (3550) consists of oneor more of any housing or area, or “blade housing(s)” (3560). The bladehousing(s) (3560) can, without limitation, be any size, shape, length,width, geometry, or diameter. It is preferred, without limitation, thatthe blade housings are at least large enough to effectively accommodatethe impacting surfaces or paddles (3570). The various blade housing(s)can be, without limitation, interconnected, and they can be positionedin series or in parallel.

It is preferred, without limitation, that the blade housing(s) (3560)includes at least one inlet(s) (3660) through which air/gas and aerosol(200) enters the blade housing(s) (3560), and at least one outlet (3670)through which air/gas and aerosol (200) exits the blade housing(s)(3560). The inlet(s) (3660) and outlet(s) (3670) can, withoutlimitation, be any size, shape, length, width, geometry, or diameter. Itis preferred, without limitation, that the inlet(s) (3660) and outlet(s)(3670) are constructed from tubing that is at least four inches indiameter. The inlet(s) (3660) and outlet(s) (3670) can, withoutlimitation, be located on or connect anywhere to, the blade housing(s)(3560). It is also preferred, without limitation, that the inlet(s)(3660) and outlet(s) (3670) are located directly in front of at leastone set, cluster, or group of paddle(s) (3570), so the centerline of theinlet strikes the centerline of the shaft (3580) to which the paddle(s)(3570) are connected.

Inside the blade housing(s) (3560), one or more of any structure(s) thatcan act as one or more impacting surface(s) (3570) is connected to oneor more of any rotating shaft or other means or source of rotation(herein called “shaft” (3580). The impacting surface(s) (3570) can be,without limitation, one or more of any paddle, blade, or cage, that canbe of any design, configuration, or structure (herein called “paddles”)(3570). The impacting surfaces(s) can, without limitation, be any size,and be positioned at any angle. It is preferred, without limitation,that the paddles(s) (3570) are formed of four (4) solid shapes that areapproximately four (4) inches wide, and four (4) inches long, that areattached to a common shaft (3580) at ninety (90) degrees to one another.It is also preferred, without limitation, that the blade housing(s) arecircular in shape.

The paddles (3570) can also be, without limitation, located in one ormore independent moving group(s) (3700) including one or more paddles(3570). These independent moving group(s) (3700) of one or more paddles(3570) can be, without limitation, located in the same blade housing(3560) or any interconnected blade housing(s) (3560). Each independentmoving group(s) (3700) of one or more paddles (3570) can also be,without limitation, directly or indirectly connected to their own motor(3680) and shaft (3580), or they can directly or indirectly share thesame motor (3680) or shaft (3580). It is preferred, without limitation,that the one or more independent moving group(s) (3700) are connected tothe same motor (3680) and the same shaft (3580). Referring to FIGS.83-87, it is preferred, without limitation, that the air or gas andaerosol (200) mixture is moved through the inlet(s) (3660) and into theblade housing(s) (3560) where two different independent moving groups(3700) of one or more paddle(s) (3570) are located.

The paddles(s) (3570) can, without limitation, be rotated by any motor(3680), at any revolutions per minute (RPM), however it is preferredthat they are at least rotated at a speed where they are effective atremoving the desired or needed amount of aerosol from the air or gasthat is moved through the blade housing(s) (3560). It is preferred,without limitation, that the blade housing(s) (3560) and shaft (3580)are at least effectively sealed, but it is more preferred that they arehermetically sealed in a manner known to those skilled in the art. Theblade housing(s) (3560) can be, without limitation, designed toeffectively interface with various means known in the art to transportair or gas, such as, but not limited to, any pipe, hose, or ducts. Theblade housing(s) (3560) can be located anywhere before or after anyblower, fan, or other source of pressurized air (180). The air or gas inwhich the aerosol (200) is carried, can be moved into the bladehousing(s) (3560) at any quantity or speed. It is preferred, withoutlimitation, that the air or gas is moved between 50 to 900 cfm. The airor gas is moved into the blade housing(s) (3560) by any blower, fan, orother source of pressurized air (180), that is either directly orindirectly connected by any effective means known in the art, such as,but not limited to, any tube, duct, pipe, conduit, or tunnel.

According to an embodiment, the one or more paddles (3570) can all,without limitation, be moved, rotated, or spun, in the same directionthat is counter to any inbound flow of air or gas that is brought intothe device and, into or through the blade housing(s) (3560).

According to another embodiment, the one or more paddles (3570) can all,without limitation, be moved, rotated, or spun, in the same direction asany inbound flow of air or gas that is brought into the device and, intoor through the blade housing(s) (3560).

According to another embodiment, a plurality of paddles (3570) are,without limitation, moved, rotated, or spun, in any direction or patternthat is counter or opposite to the paddle (3570) that it is next to itor in close proximity to another paddle (3570).

According to another embodiment, the paddles (3570) can be, withoutlimitation, located in one or more independent moving group(s) (3700)including one or more paddles (3570), that can be moved, rotated, orspun, in any direction or pattern that is counter or opposite to anotherindependent moving group (3700) including one or more paddles (3570).

According another embodiment, the paddles (3570) can be, withoutlimitation, located in one or more independent moving group(s) (3700)including one or more paddles (3570), that can be moved, rotated, orspun, in the same direction as any inbound flow of air or gas that isbrought into the device and, into or through the blade housing(s)(3560).

According to another embodiment, the paddles (3570) can be, withoutlimitation, located in one or more independent moving group(s) (3700)including one or more paddles (3570), that can be moved, rotated, orspun, in any direction or pattern that is opposite to any inbound flowof air or gas that is brought into the device and, into or through theblade housing(s) (3560).

According to a preferred embodiment, the paddles (3570) can be, withoutlimitation, located in one or more moving group(s) (3710) including oneor more paddles (3570), that can be moved, rotated, or spun, in anydirection or pattern that is opposite to any inbound flow of air or gasthat is brought into the device and, into or through the bladehousing(s) (3560). It is preferred, without limitation, that two movinggroups (3710) are utilized and attached to a shared shaft (3580), andthe one or more paddles (3570) within each moving group are arranged orlocated so they are offset from the other moving group (3710).

According to an embodiment, any dehumidifier (2040), the apparatus (215)or any aerosol generator, or other device can, without limitation, bedesigned and constructed so that any blade housing(s) (3560), including,without limitation, any attached conduit(s), pipe(s), or tubing, may bedrained of any liquid that may build up in these areas during operationor cleaning of the blade housing(s) (3560). This liquid can, withoutlimitation, be drained, in a manner known to those skilled in the art,to any tanks, holding tank(s), or drain port(s), and the liquid can befully drained and removed from any apparatus that it is installed into.

In still another part of this embodiment, this enhanced impaction device(3550) can be utilized independently as its own device, or utilized withother devices such as, but not limited to, the apparatus (215) in thepresent invention or any other aerosol generator(s). It can also,without limitation, be used with any dehumidifier (2040) design. Theenhanced impaction device (3550) can, without limitation, be positionedanywhere in the air/gas stream in the design of any of these devices,and operated at any time by any means in order to create a means toimpact aerosol particles and move aerosol particles or any coalescedparticles on the impactor against the walls of the blade housing (3560).The device (3550) can also be positioned within a tortuous pathwaythrough the device (3550) that creates a tortuous path for the air andaerosol mixture through the dehumidifier (20-40) in order to create asmuch dwell time within the dehumidification device (20-40) and the bladehousing (3560) to increase the chance of removing aerosol from the air.It is preferred, without limitation, that the enhanced impaction device(3550) is controlled by any software, PLC (315) or HMI (320).

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 88-91, an enhanced ultraviolet(UV) light device (3590) can, without limitation, be designed andconstructed so one or more of any geometries, sides, walls, or ceilings(herein called “enclosure walls” (3600), of any enclosure (3610) thathouses one more of any UV light source(s) (3620), is lined orconstructed from one or more of any mirrored surfaces or mirror(s)(3630). It is preferred, without limitation, that all of the interiorenclosure walls (3640) are mirrored or constructed from mirrors. It isalso preferred, without limitation, that the mirror(s) are highlyefficient in their reflectivity, and they are constructed in a mannerknown to those skilled in the art. The basic construction of anenclosure, and the construction and use of the various UV lightsource(s) (3620), is known by those skilled in the art. The mirror(s)(3630) and enclosure(s) (3610) may be constructed from any chemicallyresistant material. Preferably, the mirror(s) (3630) and theenclosure(s) (3610) have a high chemical resistance to the liquid (30)used. It is even more preferred, that the mirror(s) (3630) areconstructed from any acid and/or alkaline resistant glass such as, forexample, quartz, or Type I (borosilicate glass or Pyrex) or Type IIglass as defined by the United States Pharmacopoeia. It is verypreferred, that the mirror(s) (3630) are constructed from materials thatabsorb as little of the UV light as possible.

According to an embodiment, the enclosure(s) (3610) and any source ofpressurized air or gas such as, but not limited to, one or more of anyfan(s) or blower(s) (180), can be designed and constructed, in a mannerknown to those skilled in the art, to provide and accommodate any amountof air or gas that is flowed through the enclosure at any speed andvolume and with any amount of air or gas flow characteristics orturbulence. However, after testing in a laboratory, it was found thatodor removal in an area treated with peroxyacetic acid (PAA), was ableto be accomplished in a shorter amount of time when greater amounts ofair or gas from the treated area, including, without limitation, varyingamounts of aerosol, were flowed through the enclosure that housed thesources of UV light(s) (3620). It is preferred, without limitation, thatair or gas from the treated area is moved through the enclosure(s)(3610) at a measurement of at least 50 cfm or more. It is morepreferred, without limitation, that air or gas from the treated area ismoved through the enclosure(s) (3610) at a measurement of at least 800cfm or more. It is even more preferred, without limitation, that air orgas from the treated area is moved through the enclosure(s) (3610) at ameasurement of at least 1000 cfm or more. It is very preferred, withoutlimitation, that air or gas from the treated area is moved through theenclosure(s) (3610) at a measurement of at least 1500 cfm or more. It ismost preferred, without limitation, that air or gas from the treatedarea is moved through the enclosure(s) (3610) at a measurement of atleast 2000 cfm or more. The air or gas can, without limitation, containany quantity of any vapor or aerosol (200) that contains any agent(s)(30). In addition, one or more of any UV light source(s) (3620) can beused and they can be packed into a space in any number density or anylight output density for a given area. However, it is preferred, withoutlimitation, that at least three (3) UV light source(s) (3620) are used.The UV light source(s) (3620) can be any UV light source known to thoseskilled in the art.

According to an embodiment shown in FIG. 89, the enhanced ultraviolet(UV) light device (3620) can, without limitation, be designed andconstructed so that any air or gas that is flowed into the enclosure(s)(3610), including any air or gas from any area treated with any agent(s)from any vapor or aerosol (200) generator, is moved through one or morecomplex maze(s), convoluted paths, complex channel(s), or tortuouspath(s) (herein called “tortuous path(s)” (3650), which are mirrored onone or more walls (3600), interior walls (3640), or structures. It ispreferred, without limitation, that all of the walls (3600) (3640) forthis construct are made from one or more mirror(s) or mirroredsurface(s). Referring to FIG. 89, this embodiment of the inventionincludes locating one or more UV light source(s) (3620) in variouslocations as well as patterns inside or in various locations within thetortuous path(s) (3650). The enclosure(s) (3610) or tortuous path(s)(3650) can be designed for any amount of air or gas at any speed, andcan be any size, shape, diameter, or construct. The mirrored tortuouspath(s) (3650) can, without limitation, increase the UV light exposureto the air or gas, and any aerosol (200) if it is still in the targetedarea when its air or gas is processed.

According to an embodiment shown in FIG. 90, an enhanced ultraviolet(UV) light device (3590) can, without limitation, be designed andconstructed so that the UV light source(s) (3620) are mounted,positioned, or located, at any angle or orientation, except 90 and 180degrees, as well as orientated in any vertical or parallel orientation,all being respective to the direction of the air or gas flow movingthrough the enclosure(s) (3610). It is preferred, without limitation,that the one or more UV light source(s) (3620) are mounted, positioned,or located within the enclosure(s) (3610), at a forty-five (45) degreeangle respective to the direction of the air or gas flow moving eithertowards or away from the UV light source(s) (3620). It is alsopreferred, without limitation, that this is combined with lining orconstructing any enclosure walls (3600), with one or more of anymirrored surfaces or mirror(s) (3630) from which the emitted UV lightcan be redirected or reflected.

According to an embodiment shown in FIG. 91, according to an embodiment,any ultraviolet (UV) light device such as but not limited to the presentinvention and those described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos.09/855,546 and 10/671,837 to Morneault et al., and U.S. Pat. No.7,045,096 B2 to D'Ottone, and any of their references, can, withoutlimitation, be coupled with any dehumidification technology known tothose skilled in the art. It is preferred, without limitation, that thedehumidification is achieved through the use of a dehumidifier (2040)that uses one or more cooling surface(s) or chill coil(s) (hereincollectively called “chill coils” (2080)) as known by those skilled inthe art. The cooling surface(s) or chill coil(s) (2080) can be, withoutlimitation, one or more of any cooled surface(s) or cooling tube(s) thatcan remove humidity from the surrounding air or atmosphere, or any airor atmosphere that is moved past the chill coil(s) (2080).

Referring to FIG. 91, the cooling surfaces(s) or chill coil(s) (2080)can be located effectively near, or positioned in the same area,housing, or even enclosure(s) (3610) as the UV light source(s) (3620).It is preferred without limitation, that the UV light source(s) (3620)are positioned or located in close proximity to the chill coil(s)(2080). The air or gas can, without limitation, contain any quantity orconcentration of any vapor or aerosol (200) that contains any agent(s)from the treated or targeted area(s) (3310). The air or gas stream canbe dehumidified at any time, and for any duration, during any point in atreatment cycle. The chill coil(s) (2080) can, without limitation,maintain the UV light source(s) (3620), or any area in which theyreside, at any temperature. It is preferred, without limitation, thatthe UV light source(s) (3620) are maintained during their operation, bythe chill coil(s) (2080), at a temperature where they will not becomefrosted with moisture or ice, and this can be accomplished with varioussensors and software controls known to those skilled in the art. Thechill coil(s) (2080) can be operated at different times or at the sametime as the UV light source(s) (3620). In addition, the chill coil(s)(2080) or any other means for dehumidification or aerosol removal, can,without limitation, operate at any time, and for any duration, duringany point in a treatment cycle that is performed before the UV lightsource(s) (3620) are utilized. It is preferred, without limitation, thatthe temperature of the air or gas near the UV light source(s) (3620) ismaintained between 0-70 degree Centigrade. It is even more preferred,without limitation, that the temperature of the air or gas near the UVlight source(s) (3620) is maintained between 0-15 degree Centigrade. Thecooling surface(s) or chill coil(s) (2080) can be maintained at anytemperature, but at least at a temperature that is effective. Theeffective operation of any cooling surface(s) or chill coil(s) (2080) inany dehumidifier (2040) is known to those skilled in the art.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) or any aerosol generatorcan, without limitation, be designed and constructed so that itincorporates into its design or operation, one or more UV lightsource(s) (3620), as well as one or more dehumidifier(s) (2040) thatuses one or more chill coil(s) (2080).

According to an embodiment, any ultraviolet (UV) light device such asbut not limited to the present invention and those described in U.S.patent application Ser. Nos. 09/855,546 and 10/671,837 to Morneault etal., and U.S. Pat. No. 7,045,096 B2 to D'Ottone, and any of theirreferences, can, without limitation, be utilized with the apparatus(215) or any vapor or aerosol generator, that is used to treat an areawith one or more aqueous agent(s) consisting of any quantity of hydrogenperoxide, or peroxyacetic acid (PAA). It is even more preferred, withoutlimitation, that these UV light devices can be used with the apparatus(215) or any vapor or aerosol (200) generator, that is used to treat anarea (3310) with one or more aqueous agent(s) including any aqueousagent(s) that are acidic. It is more preferred, without limitation, thatthese UV light devices can be used with the apparatus (215) or any vaporor aerosol (200) generator, that is used to treat any area (3310) withone or more aqueous agent(s) including any aqueous agent(s).

According to an embodiment, any (UV) light source device or dehumidifier(2040) can, without limitation, be designed and constructed so that anypart of their design, including, but not limited to, any enclosure(3610) for any (UV) light source(s) (3620), fan or blower housing(s)(3440), or any attached conduit(s), pipe(s), or tubing, or any othercomponents, may be drained of any liquid that may build up in theseareas during operation or cleaning. This liquid can, without limitation,be drained, in a manner known to those skilled in the art, to anyholding tank(s), drain port(s), or tank(s). These devices can be plumbedin various ways known to those skilled in the art, so that this liquidcan be fully drained and removed from them.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) or other aerosolgenerator can, without limitation, be designed and constructed so thatany software, hardware, electronics, PLC (315), or HMI (320) (hereincollectively called “PLC” (315)), can adjust the time allocated, chosen,or needed, for any step in the treatment process(s) for any targetedarea(s) and/or surface(s), as well as any time between each step. Thiscan also, without limitation, be accomplished automatically, or with anyalgorithm designed into any software controlling the apparatus (215) ortreatment process.

Any time allocated for any step or between any step, or any timingsequence, for any part of any treatment process(s) of any targetedarea(s) and/or surface(s) operation, that involves any apparatus (215)or any other associated equipment, can be adjusted, changed, oraccommodated, to account for any variables or combination of variablesthat may impact the performance or efficacy of any treatment or processstep such as, but not limited to, any volume of any treated space(s),temperature of any air or gas in the treated area(s), temperature of anysurface(s) in the treated area(s) (3310), any relative humidity in thetreated area(s), any dew point(s) in the treated area(s) (3310), anyatmospheric pressure or any pressures in the treated area(s) (3310).These variables can be measured by, and reported to any PLC (315), viaany means known to those skilled in the art.

The one or more of any time period(s) or timing sequence(s) involvedwith a treatment process(s) can also involve or pertain to any ancillaryequipment associated with the treatment of any targeted space(s) orarea(s), or the operation of the apparatus (215) such as, but notlimited to, any dehumidifier (2040), or any odor removing apparatus thatutilizes ultraviolet light (3620).

The PLC (315) can, without limitation, monitor, log, or report, anychange to any part of any treatment process(s) including, but notlimited to, any process step or between any process step, or any timingsequence(s). This information can be reported to anywhere in any formatin any manner know to those skilled in the art. This information canaccompany any other data relating to any successful or unsuccessfultreatment process(s) or operation cycle(s) attempted.

According to an embodiment, the apparatus (215) or other aerosolgenerator can, without limitation, be designed and constructed so thatit can conduct, operate, or execute various operational steps orsequences. One or more of the following steps can also, withoutlimitation, be bypassed either temporarily or permanently per thedesires or needs of any operator or control input. Each step can varyfor any length of time for any reason known to those skilled in the art.In addition the time between each step can also vary for any length oftime for any reason.

The first step is aerosol generation and deployment of the aerosol (200)into the one or more targeted area(s) (3310). This step includes,without limitation, the additional step of heating the liquid (30) thatwill be aerosolized, to any preset temperature. The second step isgiving the deployed aerosol (200) and any vapor component(s) adequatetime to effectively and efficaciously move within the targeted area(s)(3310) and contact any surfaces in the targeted area(s) (3310), all in amanner known to those skilled in the art (also known as dwell time).

The third step is dehumidification. Dehumidification can be achieved invarious ways known to those skilled in the art, and with anydehumidifier (2040). Any humidity level can be set as the target pointfor the dehumidification process to meet or achieve. Dehumidificationcan also, without limitation, consist of operating any rotating paddles(3570) as mentioned in the present invention, and this can, withoutlimitation, be operated with our without any other dehumidificationdevice(s) or methodologies. The fourth step is deodorization. This isachieved by using one or more UV light source(s) (3620) as described inthe present invention. The fifth step is filtering the air with one ormore of any filter(s) (2070) to remove any amount of any unwanted gasesor vapor. Furthermore, the aerosol generating apparatus (215) may stopall other steps and enter into or start the dehumidification step at anytime for any reason. The dehumidification step may be started forreasons including, but not limited to, the apparatus (215) or operatoror other input, has detected a fault with any part or operation of theapparatus (215) or any other ancillary piece of equipment, an emergencystop has been actuated, or the operator has chosen to abort or stop thefunction of the apparatus (215). Finally, the operator of the apparatus(215) can, without limitation, manually operate the dehumidificationstep or deodorization step either any time before the aerosol (200)generating apparatus (215) has started to generate and deploy anyaerosol (200), or any time after the treatment process(s) or entireoperational cycle is complete.

According to an embodiment shown in FIGS. 92-93, a means (herein called“door seal”) (3730) is designed and constructed to cover, plug, or sealany space (herein called “door gap(s)”) (3750) that can exist betweenany door frame or door (herein called “door”) (3720) and any floor(3340) or other materials below it. The door seal (3730) can, withoutlimitation, be friction fitted under and/or against either side of anydoor (3720). The door seal (3730) can, without limitation, be anylength, width, height, and have any floor, doorway, or door interfacinggeometries. The door seal (3730) can also be, without limitation,designed in a manner known to those skilled in the art, so that itslength, width, or height, can be easily adjusted to accommodate andeffectively seal with various doorway and door (3720) designs and sizes.

The door seal (3730) can, without limitation, be flexible, and have anydurometer rating. It is preferred, without limitation, that the doorseal (3730) has a durometer rating that allows it to be easily insertedunder a door or at least effectively interfaced with one or more doorgap(s) (3750). The door seal (3730) can, without limitation, beconstructed from, fully covered, or at least covered on its criticalinterfacing surfaces, with one or more of any absorbent material(s)(3760) that can hold, contain, or absorb any liquid. Any absorbentmaterial(s) (3760) can, without limitation, have any type, depth,length, and number, of textures or indentions, and can be any thicknessor construction. The absorbent material(s) (3760) can be constructedfrom, without limitation, one or more materials such as, but not limitedto, cellulose, paper, natural or manufactured fibers or materials, thatmay be coated or uncoated, or constructed with combinations of thesematerials, or other materials known in the art. The absorbent materials(3760) or any construct containing absorbent materials (3760) are eithertreated by the operator or pretreated in various ways known to thoseskilled in the art, with any liquid agent(s), so that the surfaces ofthe doorway and/or door(s) (3720) and the floor (3340) or any flooringor other materials under the door(s) (3720), can come in contact withthe liquid agent(s). It is preferred, without limitation that theabsorbent material(s) (3760) is saturated with the same liquid agent(s)(30) that is generated into aerosol (200) in the present invention. Thedoor seal (3730) can also, without limitation, incorporate one or morehandle(s) (3740) of various size, length, and shape, into its design tofacilitate easier placement and retrieval.

According to an embodiment, the door seal (3730) can, withoutlimitation, be designed and constructed to include one or morereservoir(s) or basin(s) (herein called “seal basin” (3770)) which canbe either internally or externally located. They can be any size andshape and filled with any liquid agent(s). The seal basin(s) (3770) canalso, without limitation, have one or more removable covers that caneffectively directly or indirectly seal to the door seal (3730). Theseal basin(s) (3770) may, without limitation, also have one or more ofany tube, duct, pipe, conduit, tunnel, pathway, or connection (hereincalled “feed tube”) (3780), that connects any part of the seal basin(s)(3770), or any other structure or component that directly or indirectlyconnects to any part of any seal basin(s) (3770), with any of theabsorbent material(s) (3760), so that any liquid or moisture may betransported, moved, or flow, at any rate or speed, from the sealbasin(s) (3770) to any of the absorbent material(s) (3760).

According to an embodiment shown in FIG. 94, a means (herein called“odor remover tank”) (3790) can, without limitation, be designed andconstructed so that air or gas from one or more targeted area(s) (3310)can be pumped, flowed, compressed, or moved, into and through one ormore various types of liquids contained in one or more enclosed tanks orreservoirs (herein called “tank(s)”) (3820). The air or gas can also,without limitation, contain any amount of any aerosol (200). Theliquid(s) (herein called “neutralizer liquid(s)”) (3810) held in thetank(s) (3820) can, without limitation, neutralize, degrade, or remove,any odors or vapors from the air, as well as neutralize or degrade anyliquid agent(s) (30) that the aerosol (200) may contain. Any neutralizerliquid(s) (3810) can be utilized. It is preferred, without limitation,that the neutralizer liquid(s) (3810) is an aqueous solution containingany effective amount of sodium bicarbonate when the treated air or gasis from an area that is treated with an aerosol containing substancessuch as, but not limited to, hydrogen peroxide, or peroxyacetic acid(PAA).

It is preferred, without limitation, that one or more of any highcapacity air/gas compressor(s) known to those skilled in the art, isused to move the air or gas from the treated area(s) (3310) into theneutralizer liquid(s) (3810). The air or gas can be pumped, flowed,compressed, or moved, through one or more of any adequate tube, duct,pipe, conduit, tunnel, pathway, or connection, anywhere into theneutralizer liquid(s) (3810) at any effective pressure or flow rate. Theneutralizer liquid(s) (3810) can be maintained at any volume, depth, andtemperature. The neutralizer liquid(s) (3810) can also, withoutlimitation, be stirred at any time and for any duration in a mannerknown in the art. The air or gas may also be recirculated one or moretimes through the neutralizer liquid(s) (3810) before it is releasedfrom the odor remover tank (3790) out of an air outlet (3840) and backinto the treated area(s) (3310) or vented into a separate area. Any airor gas can be, without limitation, processed by any effective ornecessary filtering means (3850) known to those skilled in the artbefore it leaves any odor remover tank(s) (3790) or any connectingsystem of tube(s), duct(s), pipe(s), conduit(s), tunnel(s), pathway(s),or connection(s). All of the odor remover tank (3790) functions can,without limitation, be controlled directly or indirectly by anysoftware, electronics, PLC (315), or HMI (320). The odor remover tank(3790) can be operated at anytime when it is needed or desired to removeany odors or vapor from the targeted area(s) or treated space(s) (3310).The odor remover tank (3790) device can be, without limitation, combinedor operated with any aerosol (200) generating device or dehumidifier(2040).

Various alternatives are contemplated as being within the scope of thefollowing claims particularly pointing out and distinctly claiming thesubject matter regarded as the invention.

1. An aerosol generator comprising: a) a housing including a fluidreservoir; b) at least one transducer in contact with the fluidreservoir and having at least one acceptable operational frequencyrange; c) an electronic drive system operably connected to the at leastone transducer, wherein the drive mechanism is configured to sensechanges in the at least one acceptable operational frequency range forthe at least one transducer, to determine at least one alteredacceptable operational frequency range, and to vary signals sent to fromthe electronic drive system to the at least one transducer to operatethe at least one transducer within the at least one altered acceptableoperational frequency range; and d) an interface assembly positionedbetween the housing and a surface to be treated to prevent contactbetween the housing and the surface.
 2. The generator of claim 1 whereinthe interface assembly is formed at least partially from an absorbentmaterial.
 3. The generator of claim 1 wherein the interface assembly isaffixed to a wheel secured to the housing.
 4. The generator of claim 1wherein the interface assembly includes at least one basin engageablewith a wheel secured to the housing.
 5. The generator of claim 4 whereinthe interface assembly includes at least one ridge capable of preventingmovement of the wheel over the interface assembly.
 6. An aerosolgenerator comprising: a) a housing including a fluid reservoir; b) atleast one transducer in contact with the fluid reservoir and having atleast one acceptable operational frequency range, the at least onetransducer formed as a self-contained, fluid-proof unit that isreleaseably secured to the fluid reservoir; c) an electronic drivesystem operably connected to the at least one transducer; d) at leastone outlet on the housing for dispensing an aerosol generated by the atleast one transducer; e) at least one entrance on the housing forenabling airflow into the housing; and f) a dehumidification deviceoperably connected to the at least one entrance to remove the aerosolfrom the airflow entering the housing.
 7. The generator of claim 6wherein the dehumidification device is formed as an impaction device. 8.The generator of claim 7 wherein the impaction device includes a numberof paddles on a rotating shaft that contact the air and aerosol flowentering the housing through the at least one entrance.
 9. The generatorof claim 6 wherein the dehumidification device includes a torus airflowpathway through the dehumidification device.
 10. The generator of claim6 wherein the dehumidification device includes a deodorizing device. 11.The generator of claim 10 wherein the deodorizing device includes atleast one ultraviolet light source.
 12. The generator of claim 11wherein the deodorizing device further includes at least one mirrordisposed along an airflow pathway through the dehumidification device.13. The generator of claim 6 wherein the dehumidification deviceincludes a chilling device.
 14. The generator of claim 6 furthercomprising at least one filter disposed in one or both of the housingand the dehumidification device and in contact with the airflow thoughthe generator and/or dehumidification device.
 15. An aerosol generatorcomprising: a) a housing including a fluid reservoir; b) at least onetransducer disposed in a contact with the fluid reservoir, the at leastone transducer including alignment means to maintain the at least onetransducer in alignment with an upper surface of the fluid containedwithin the reservoir; c) an electronic drive system operably connectedto the at least one transducer, the electronic drive system configuredto send signals to the at least one transducer to cause the at least onetransducer to vibrate at a selected frequency; d) a control deviceconfigured to control the operation of the electronic drive system; ande) at least one first sensor operably connected to the control device tomeasure a level of aerosol present on or adjacent the surface to betreated.
 16. The generator of claim 15 further comprising at least onesecond sensor configured to determine the efficacy of the fluidcontained within the reservoir.
 17. The generator of claim 15 whereinthe at least one first sensor is adjustably mounted with respect to thehousing.
 18. The generator of claim 15 further comprising at least onesealing member secured to at least one of an inlet, an outlet or aninternal passage of the generator, wherein the at least one sealingmember is selectively operable by the control device in response tosignals received by the control device.
 19. An aerosol generatorcomprising: a) a housing including a fluid reservoir; b) at least onetransducer in contact with the fluid reservoir and having at least oneacceptable operational frequency range, the at least one transducerformed as a self-contained, fluid-proof unit that is releaseably securedto the fluid reservoir; c) an electronic drive system operably connectedto the at least one transducer; d) at least one outlet on the housingfor dispensing an aerosol generated by the at least one transduceroutwardly from the housing.
 20. The generator of claim 19 wherein the atleast one outlet configured to be maintained a specified distance fromthe surface of the fluid in the reservoir.
 21. The generator of claim 20wherein the at least one outlet has a reconfigurable outer end to enablethe aerosol produced by the generator to be directed outwardly wheredesired from the housing.
 22. A method for producing an aerosol usingthe aerosol generator of claim 1.